Politically substantive differences may exist in the large appendix after the glossary, however, such differences are not covered by this analysis.
| gitmo-sop-2003.txt | | gitmo-sop-2004.txt | |
| | | | |
| skipping to change at line 19 | | skipping to change at line 19 | |
| Joint Task Force Guantanamo (JTF-GTMO) | | Joint Task Force Guantanamo (JTF-GTMO) | |
| | | | |
| Camp Delta | | Camp Delta | |
| Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) | | Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) | |
| | | | |
| By Order of the Commander | | By Order of the Commander | |
| GEOFFREY D. MILLER | | GEOFFREY D. MILLER | |
| Major General, United States Army | | Major General, United States Army | |
| Commander, JTF-GTMO | | Commander, JTF-GTMO | |
| Official: | | Official: | |
|
| ADOLPH MCQUEEN | | NELSON J. CANNON | |
| Colonel, Military Police | | Colonel, Military Police | |
| Commander, JDOG | | Commander, JDOG | |
| History. This is a revised update to | | History. This is a revised update to | |
| the Joint Task Force Guantanamo | | the Joint Task Force Guantanamo | |
| (JTF-GTMO) standard operating | | (JTF-GTMO) standard operating | |
| procedures (SOP) for Camp Delta. | | procedures (SOP) for Camp Delta. | |
| This publication has been | | This publication has been | |
| reorganized and consolidated to | | reorganized and consolidated to | |
| include all aspects of detention and | | include all aspects of detention and | |
| security operations toward being | | security operations toward being | |
| | | | |
| skipping to change at line 80 | | skipping to change at line 80 | |
| Supplementation. | | Supplementation. | |
| Supplementation of this SOP and | | Supplementation of this SOP and | |
| establishment of command or local | | establishment of command or local | |
| forms is prohibited without prior | | forms is prohibited without prior | |
| approval of the JDOG | | approval of the JDOG | |
| Commander. | | Commander. | |
| Suggested Improvements. Users | | Suggested Improvements. Users | |
| are invited to send comments and | | are invited to send comments and | |
| suggested improvements through | | suggested improvements through | |
| their chain of command to the | | their chain of command to the | |
|
| JDOG S3 for proper consideration | | JDOG S3 for consideration and | |
| and staffing. | | staffing. | |
| Interim Changes. Policies and | | Interim Changes. Policies and | |
|
| procedures will be reviewed every | | procedures will be reviewed and | |
| 120 days. Any interim changes | | implemented every 30 days. | |
| will be signed by the JDOG | | | |
| Commander and posted to the front | | | |
| of this SOP until incorporated in | | | |
| the next revision. | | | |
| Distribution. This document, and | | Distribution. This document, and | |
| any part therein, are classified as | | any part therein, are classified as | |
| “for official use only” and are | | “for official use only” and are | |
| limited to those requiring | | limited to those requiring | |
| operational and procedural | | operational and procedural | |
| knowledge in the direct | | knowledge in the direct | |
| performance of their duties as well | | performance of their duties as well | |
| as those directly associated with | | as those directly associated with | |
| JTF-GTMO. It is the responsibility | | JTF-GTMO. It is the responsibility | |
| of all personnel to protect and | | of all personnel to protect and | |
| safeguard the contents of this SOP | | safeguard the contents of this SOP | |
| and ensure appropriate distribution | | and ensure appropriate distribution | |
| thereof. | | thereof. | |
|
| *This Camp Delta SOP supersedes all previous editions and supplements. | | *This 1 March 2004 Camp Delta SOP supersedes all previous editions and supplements. | |
| | | | |
| | | iv | |
| | | | |
| | | x | |
| | | | |
| | | CAMP DELTA RULES | |
| | | 1. Comply with all rules and regulations. You are subject to disciplinary action if you disobey any rule or commit any | |
| | | act, disorder, or neglect that is prejudicial to good order and discipline. | |
| | | 2. You must immediately obey all orders of U.S. personnel. Deliberate disobedience, resistance, or conduct of a | |
| | | mutinous or riotous nature will be dealt with by force. Be respectful of others. Derogatory comments toward camp | |
| | | personnel will not be tolerated. | |
| | | 3. You may not have any articles that can be used as a weapon in your possession at any time. If a weapon is found in | |
| | | your possession, you will be severely punished. Gambling is strictly forbidden. | |
| | | 4. Being truthful and compliance will be rewarded. Failure to comply will result in loss of privileges. | |
| | | 5. All trash will be returned immediately to U.S. personnel when you are finished eating. All eating utensils must be | |
| | | returned after meals. | |
| | | 6. No detainee may conduct or participate in any form of military drill, organized physical fitness, hand-to-hand | |
| | | combat, or martial arts style training. | |
| | | 7. The camp commander will ensure adequate protection for all personnel. Any detainee who mistreats another | |
| | | detainee will be punished. Any detainee that fears his life is in danger, or fears physical injury at the hands of | |
| | | another person can report this to U.S. personnel at any time. | |
| | | 8. Medical emergencies should be brought to the guards’ attention immediately. | |
| | | Your decision whether or not to be truthful and comply will directly affect your quality of life while in this camp. | |
| | | | |
| Chapter 1 | | Chapter 1 | |
| Introduction | | Introduction | |
| 1-1. Purpose | | 1-1. Purpose | |
| a. This standard operating procedure (SOP) | | a. This standard operating procedure (SOP) | |
| provides policy, procedures, and responsibilities for the | | provides policy, procedures, and responsibilities for the | |
| security, administration, and treatment of detainees in | | security, administration, and treatment of detainees in | |
| custody at Camp Delta. This SOP also establishes | | custody at Camp Delta. This SOP also establishes | |
| procedures for transfer or release of custody from | | procedures for transfer or release of custody from | |
| Camp Delta. | | Camp Delta. | |
| b. This SOP is consistent with the intent and spirit | | b. This SOP is consistent with the intent and spirit | |
| of the Geneva Conventions for the Protection of War | | of the Geneva Conventions for the Protection of War | |
| Victims, dated 12 August 1949, in accordance with | | Victims, dated 12 August 1949, in accordance with | |
| directives from the National Command Authority | | directives from the National Command Authority | |
| (NCA) and chain of command. | | (NCA) and chain of command. | |
| c. All personnel will enforce all orders and | | c. All personnel will enforce all orders and | |
| regulations pertaining to the daily operation of the | | regulations pertaining to the daily operation of the | |
| facility and their assigned posts. Further, all personnel | | facility and their assigned posts. Further, all personnel | |
| will be familiar with all facility directives, emergency | | will be familiar with all facility directives, emergency | |
|
| plans and all special orders pertaining to their post; | | plans and all post and special orders pertaining to their | |
| carry out all general orders for a sentry on post, and | | post; carry out all general orders for a sentry on post, | |
| wear the prescribed uniform of the day. | | and wear the prescribed uniform of the day. | |
| d. This policy is punitive in that a violation of any | | d. This policy is punitive in that a violation of any | |
| provision of this policy may provide a basis for | | provision of this policy may provide a basis for | |
| appropriate administrative or judicial/disciplinary | | appropriate administrative or judicial/disciplinary | |
| action under the Uniform Code of Military Justice | | action under the Uniform Code of Military Justice | |
| (UCMJ), or appropriate military/civilian personnel | | (UCMJ), or appropriate military/civilian personnel | |
| regulations, ejection from Camp Delta, and/or denial of | | regulations, ejection from Camp Delta, and/or denial of | |
| entry. | | entry. | |
| e. All personnel will sign a statement of | | e. All personnel will sign a statement of | |
| understanding/acknowledgement that they have read | | understanding/acknowledgement that they have read | |
| and will adhere to the provisions of all SOPs for Camp | | and will adhere to the provisions of all SOPs for Camp | |
| Delta. | | Delta. | |
| 1-2. Minor SOP Modifications | | 1-2. Minor SOP Modifications | |
| a. Any personnel may send suggestions for | | a. Any personnel may send suggestions for | |
| improvement of the SOP through their chain of | | improvement of the SOP through their chain of | |
| command to the JDOG S-3. | | command to the JDOG S-3. | |
| b. Minor revisions will be made in a memorandum | | b. Minor revisions will be made in a memorandum | |
| format, appropriately staffed, and approved by the | | format, appropriately staffed, and approved by the | |
|
| CJDOG. Example is in Appendix C. | | CJDOG. | |
| c. Copies of memorandums will be distributed and | | c. Copies of memorandums will be distributed and | |
| placed in the front of all SOP books. | | placed in the front of all SOP books. | |
|
| d. The SOP will be reviewed every 120 days to | | d. SOPs may be modified through a Guard Mount | |
| incorporate any changes. All suggested changes in | | | |
| procedures for operations would be in writing, | | | |
| endorsed by the CJDOG, and approved by CJTF. | | | |
| e. SOPs may be modified through a Guard Mount | | | |
| message. JDOG S-3 must approve these messages | | message. JDOG S-3 must approve these messages | |
| prior to their release. | | prior to their release. | |
|
| f. No SOP modification is valid unless in | | e. The SOP will be reviewed every 30 days to | |
| memorandum approved by CJDOG or in an approved | | incorporate any changes. Submit all suggested changes | |
| Guard Mount message. | | in procedures for operations electronically to JDOG S- | |
| g. A copy of all Guard Mount messages and | | 3 to include the following: | |
| approved memorandums will be filed by the JDOG | | (1) Name of the submitter | |
| Detention Services Branch (DSB). This file will be | | (2) Date of submission | |
| used to update the SOP during the revision process. | | (3) If a modification, the current verbiage along | |
| After the memorandum or Guard Mount message is | | with the chapter and paragraph of the text in the SOP. | |
| | | “N/A – addition to SOP” | |
| | | (4) The new verbiage of the addition or | |
| | | modification to the SOP. “Add Koran to the list of | |
| | | inbound items contained in paragraph 4-20a.” | |
| | | (5) The reason why this change should be made | |
| | | such as “CG has directed all inbounds will now have | |
| | | Korans”. | |
| | | f. No SOP modification is valid unless approved by | |
| | | CJDOG or in an approved Guard Mount message. The | |
| | | memorandum or guard mount message must state that | |
| | | it is a modification to the SOP. | |
| | | g. The JDOG Detention Services Branch (DSB) will | |
| | | file a copy of all Guard Mount messages approved. | |
| | | This file will be used to update the SOP during the | |
| | | revision process. After the Guard Mount message is | |
| included in the SOP through rewrite, it will be placed | | included in the SOP through rewrite, it will be placed | |
| in a separate file of items included in the SOP. | | in a separate file of items included in the SOP. | |
|
| 1-3. References Appendix A lists required and | | h. Each manned position will train on or become | |
| | | familiar with one chapter per shift until the SOP has | |
| | | been reviewed. | |
| | | (1) Verification will be monitored by a signature | |
| | | roster that is turned into the SOG and forwarded to the | |
| | | respective company's training NCO for documentation. | |
| | | (2) To ensure that each chapter is read and | |
| | | studied, a specific chapter will be assigned to the | |
| | | manned position. | |
| | | (3) The roster will ensure that each individual has | |
| | | read, studied, reviewed and become familiar with the | |
| | | prescribed chapter. | |
| | | (4) Training NCOs will ensure all soldiers are | |
| | | familiar with the SOP. | |
| | | (5) SOP training will be conducted with or | |
| | | instead of regular block training as determined by the | |
| | | block NCO for that shift. | |
| | | (6) The block NCO must inform SOG of their | |
| | | intention to train on the SOP in lieu of regular block | |
| | | training for documentation purposes. The SOG will | |
| | | then inform the CO as to each block’s intent to train on | |
| | | what task for that specific shift. | |
| | | 1-3. References Appendix “A” lists required and | |
| related publications along with prescribed and | | related publications along with prescribed and | |
|
| referenced DOD and DA forms. Appendix B contains | | referenced DOD and DA forms. Appendix “B | |
| all local forms. | | “contains all local forms. | |
| 1-4. Explanation of Abbreviations and Terms | | 1-4. Explanation of Abbreviations and Terms | |
| The glossary explains abbreviations and special terms | | The glossary explains abbreviations and special terms | |
| used in this SOP. | | used in this SOP. | |
| 1-5. JDOG Mission and Commander’s Intent | | 1-5. JDOG Mission and Commander’s Intent | |
| a. The Joint Detention Operations Group (JDOG) | | a. The Joint Detention Operations Group (JDOG) | |
| conducts detention and area security operations in | | conducts detention and area security operations in | |
| assigned sector of the Joint Operational Area (JOA) in | | assigned sector of the Joint Operational Area (JOA) in | |
| support of intelligence operations in the Global War on | | support of intelligence operations in the Global War on | |
| Terrorism (GWOT). | | Terrorism (GWOT). | |
| b. The JDOG Commander’s (CJDOG) intent is to | | b. The JDOG Commander’s (CJDOG) intent is to | |
| | | | |
| skipping to change at line 255 | | skipping to change at line 307 | |
| office. All personnel will be alert for security violations | | office. All personnel will be alert for security violations | |
| or discrepancies and immediately report any unusual, | | or discrepancies and immediately report any unusual, | |
| questionable incidents, or observations to their | | questionable incidents, or observations to their | |
| immediate supervisor. Supervisors will report all | | immediate supervisor. Supervisors will report all | |
| violations to the Detention Operations Center (DOC) | | violations to the Detention Operations Center (DOC) | |
| and/or JDOG S3. | | and/or JDOG S3. | |
| (2) Humane Treatment. Treat detainees | | (2) Humane Treatment. Treat detainees | |
| humanely. Abuse, or any form of corporal punishment, | | humanely. Abuse, or any form of corporal punishment, | |
| is prohibited. Verbal harassment, interrogation except | | is prohibited. Verbal harassment, interrogation except | |
| by proper authority, and the imposing of physical | | by proper authority, and the imposing of physical | |
|
| exercise as punishment is prohibited. All soldiers will | | exercise as punishment is prohibited. | |
| carry the “US SOUTHCOM Human Rights Standing | | | |
| Orders” card on them at all times. | | | |
| (3) Professionalism. Maintain a fair, firm, | | (3) Professionalism. Maintain a fair, firm, | |
| impartial, and professional demeanor toward detainees | | impartial, and professional demeanor toward detainees | |
| at all times. | | at all times. | |
| (4) Use of Force. Personnel will not strike nor | | (4) Use of Force. Personnel will not strike nor | |
| lay hands upon a detainee except in self-defense, to | | lay hands upon a detainee except in self-defense, to | |
| prevent a serious injury to a person or damage to | | prevent a serious injury to a person or damage to | |
| property, to quell a disturbance, or for purposes of | | property, to quell a disturbance, or for purposes of | |
| escorting, properly restraining, or searching a detainee. | | escorting, properly restraining, or searching a detainee. | |
| In such cases, exercise only the amount of force | | In such cases, exercise only the amount of force | |
| necessary to gain the compliance of the detainee. | | necessary to gain the compliance of the detainee. | |
| | | | |
| skipping to change at line 298 | | skipping to change at line 349 | |
| (c) Chemical components or incendiary devices | | (c) Chemical components or incendiary devices | |
| (d) Knives | | (d) Knives | |
| (e) Unauthorized handcuff keys | | (e) Unauthorized handcuff keys | |
| (f) Drugs or narcotics without a prescription | | (f) Drugs or narcotics without a prescription | |
| (g) Intoxicants/alcoholic beverages | | (g) Intoxicants/alcoholic beverages | |
| (h) Currency (not on person) | | (h) Currency (not on person) | |
| (i) Razor blades | | (i) Razor blades | |
| (j) Obscene material | | (j) Obscene material | |
| (k) Photographic equipment (unless approved by | | (k) Photographic equipment (unless approved by | |
| proper authority) | | proper authority) | |
|
| (l) Recording devices (unless approved by | | (l) Personal mail/parcels. | |
| | | (m) Recording devices (unless approved by | |
| proper authority) | | proper authority) | |
|
| (m) Extra clothing not worn on the job site | | (n) Extra clothing not worn on the job site | |
| (n) Food products (unless being consumed by | | (o) Food products (unless being consumed by | |
| individual) | | individual) | |
|
| (o) Cell phones (unless approved by proper | | (p) Cell phones (unless approved by proper | |
| authority) | | authority) | |
|
| (p) Handbags, duffel bags, and book bags (unless | | (q) Handbags, duffel bags, and book bags (unless | |
| required by mission and approved by proper authority) | | required by mission and approved by proper authority) | |
|
| (q) Non-government laptops (unless approved by | | (r) Non-government laptops (unless approved by | |
| proper authority | | proper authority | |
|
| (r) Reading material other than military | | (s) Reading material other than military | |
| publications such as FMs, ARs, TMs, etc. | | publications such as FMs, ARs, TMs, etc. | |
|
| | | (t) Electronic devices such as DVD players, CD | |
| | | players, tape players, headphones, etc. are not | |
| | | authorized for guards. | |
| | | (u) Personal Digital Assistance (PDA) unless | |
| | | authorized per access roster. Personnel who have been | |
| | | issued PDA’s will adhere and conform to the standards | |
| | | of conduct, relative to policy set-forth by J6. PDA’S | |
| | | will be secured at all times by their owners. In the | |
| | | event a PDA is left unattended, the PDA will be turned | |
| | | into the DOC NCOIC, accompanied by DA Form 2823 | |
| | | and DA Form 4137. The S6 will confirm identity of | |
| | | the owner through serial number and hand receipt and | |
| | | will return the PDA to the owners commander. | |
| (7) Social Contact. Personnel will only interact | | (7) Social Contact. Personnel will only interact | |
| with detainees on official business that is essential for | | with detainees on official business that is essential for | |
| mission accomplishment. Personnel will not fraternize | | mission accomplishment. Personnel will not fraternize | |
| with detainees nor accept personal favors or services. | | with detainees nor accept personal favors or services. | |
| This includes idle chatter and small talk conducted | | This includes idle chatter and small talk conducted | |
| with the detainee. | | with the detainee. | |
| (8) Gifts. Personnel will not give or receive from | | (8) Gifts. Personnel will not give or receive from | |
| any detainee anything that could be construed as a gift, | | any detainee anything that could be construed as a gift, | |
| or in any manner, buy, sell, or barter any item(s) with a | | or in any manner, buy, sell, or barter any item(s) with a | |
| detainee. | | detainee. | |
| | | | |
| skipping to change at line 321 | | skipping to change at line 386 | |
| (7) Social Contact. Personnel will only interact | | (7) Social Contact. Personnel will only interact | |
| with detainees on official business that is essential for | | with detainees on official business that is essential for | |
| mission accomplishment. Personnel will not fraternize | | mission accomplishment. Personnel will not fraternize | |
| with detainees nor accept personal favors or services. | | with detainees nor accept personal favors or services. | |
| This includes idle chatter and small talk conducted | | This includes idle chatter and small talk conducted | |
| with the detainee. | | with the detainee. | |
| (8) Gifts. Personnel will not give or receive from | | (8) Gifts. Personnel will not give or receive from | |
| any detainee anything that could be construed as a gift, | | any detainee anything that could be construed as a gift, | |
| or in any manner, buy, sell, or barter any item(s) with a | | or in any manner, buy, sell, or barter any item(s) with a | |
| detainee. | | detainee. | |
|
| | | | |
| (9) Promises and Privileges. Personnel will not | | (9) Promises and Privileges. Personnel will not | |
| extend nor promise to a detainee any special privilege | | extend nor promise to a detainee any special privilege | |
| or favor not available to all detainees, nor furnish | | or favor not available to all detainees, nor furnish | |
| detainees with information except through official | | detainees with information except through official | |
|
| channels. Exceptions may be granted by the JIG | | channels. The JIG Commander my grant exceptions | |
| Commander for the purpose of interrogations. | | for the purpose of interrogations. | |
| (10) Privacy of Information. The privacy of | | (10) Privacy of Information. The privacy of | |
| information applies to all information concerning any | | information applies to all information concerning any | |
| of the detainees. Personnel will discuss information | | of the detainees. Personnel will discuss information | |
| only with authorized personnel requiring this | | only with authorized personnel requiring this | |
| information in the performance of their official duties. | | information in the performance of their official duties. | |
| Obtain permission from the JDOG S3 or higher | | Obtain permission from the JDOG S3 or higher | |
| authority to release information. Personnel will not | | authority to release information. Personnel will not | |
| discuss facility activities, operations or detainee | | discuss facility activities, operations or detainee | |
| information in public areas where they may be | | information in public areas where they may be | |
| overheard. | | overheard. | |
| (11) Appearance. All military personnel will | | (11) Appearance. All military personnel will | |
| maintain a high standard of bearing and appearance. | | maintain a high standard of bearing and appearance. | |
| Leaders will ensure proper performance of duties | | Leaders will ensure proper performance of duties | |
| through professionalism, training, effective | | through professionalism, training, effective | |
| communication, leadership, teamwork and discipline. | | communication, leadership, teamwork and discipline. | |
| Personnel will set the example in conduct and | | Personnel will set the example in conduct and | |
|
| performance on and off duty. The duty uniform for | | performance on and off duty. The duty uniform for all | |
| those military personnel assigned to JDOG at Camp | | military personnel assigned to JDOG at Camp Delta | |
| Delta and other JTF-GTMO detention facilities is the | | and other JTF-GTMO detention facilities will be the | |
| following: | | following: | |
|
| (a) BDUs with sew-on rank and insignia, sleeves | | (a) BDUs with sew-on rank, insignia to include | |
| down. Anytime personnel are in the vicinity of | | collar devices and sleeves down. Anytime personnel | |
| detainees (escorts, cell blocks, interrogation/monitor | | are in the vicinity of detainees (escorts, cell blocks, | |
| rooms, medical clinic, Detention Hospital, or other | | interrogation/monitor rooms, medical clinic, Detention | |
| detention facilities), the name tape will be covered with | | Hospital, or other detention facilities), the nametape | |
| adhesive tape. | | will be covered with adhesive tape. | |
| (b) BDU patrol cap with rank sewn on. | | (b) BDU patrol cap with rank sewn on. | |
| (c) Appropriate civilian attire (select personnel). | | (c) Appropriate civilian attire (select personnel). | |
|
| (d) Camel-bak or similar container, or stripped | | (d) Camel-back or similar container, or stripped | |
| pistol belt with canteen. | | pistol belt with canteen. | |
| (e) Pen and paper. | | (e) Pen and paper. | |
|
| (f) Whistle in pocket or clipped on pocket (no | | (f) Whistle clipped to the left pocket or clipped | |
| lanyard). | | on belt loop (no lanyard). | |
| | | (g) No earrings | |
| (12) Weapons. Unless specifically authorized by | | (12) Weapons. Unless specifically authorized by | |
|
| CJDOG (eg., Quick Reaction Force), personnel will | | CJDOG (e.g., Quick Reaction Force), personnel will | |
| not introduce, or knowingly allow to be introduced into | | not introduce, or knowingly allow to be introduced into | |
| Camp Delta or other JTF-GTMO detention facilities | | Camp Delta or other JTF-GTMO detention facilities | |
| unauthorized firearms, nightsticks, or any instruments | | unauthorized firearms, nightsticks, or any instruments | |
| that might be considered as or possibly used as a | | that might be considered as or possibly used as a | |
| weapon. Personnel are not authorized to use or have in | | weapon. Personnel are not authorized to use or have in | |
| their possession unauthorized weapons including, but | | their possession unauthorized weapons including, but | |
| not limited to, firearms, knives, batons, sap gloves | | not limited to, firearms, knives, batons, sap gloves | |
|
| (lead filled padded gloves), kubatons, nightsticks, PR- | | (lead filled padded gloves), batons, nightsticks, PR- | |
| 24s, collapsing/expandable batons and any other | | 24s, collapsing/expandable batons and any other | |
| weapons not specifically authorized. Personnel are | | weapons not specifically authorized. Personnel are | |
| authorized to utilize “field expedient” weapons under | | authorized to utilize “field expedient” weapons under | |
| situations of extreme danger when other efforts have | | situations of extreme danger when other efforts have | |
| failed or are unfeasible and it is necessary to prevent | | failed or are unfeasible and it is necessary to prevent | |
| the death or severe bodily injury to themselves or other | | the death or severe bodily injury to themselves or other | |
|
| personnel, including detainees. The only exception to | | personnel, including detainees. Only competent | |
| this policy is in the event of escape, riot or disorder and | | authority may direct an exception to this policy in the | |
| then only when directed by competent authority. | | event of escape, riot, or disorder. Competent authority | |
| Competent authority is CJTF, CJDOG, DCJDOG, or | | is CJTF, CJDOG, DCJDOG, or the on-duty Company | |
| the on-duty Company Commander. | | Commander. | |
| (13) Alcohol and other substances. Personnel | | (13) Alcohol and other substances. Personnel | |
| will not consume mind-altering substances within eight | | will not consume mind-altering substances within eight | |
| hours prior to assuming duty, including but not limited | | hours prior to assuming duty, including but not limited | |
| to alcoholic beverages. Soldiers with prescriptions for | | to alcoholic beverages. Soldiers with prescriptions for | |
|
| | | | |
| such medications should immediately notify their chain | | such medications should immediately notify their chain | |
| of command and fitness for shift determinations will be | | of command and fitness for shift determinations will be | |
|
| made on a case by case basis. The consumption of | | made on a case-by-case basis. The consumption of | |
| alcoholic beverages and/or other mind-altering | | alcoholic beverages and/or other mind-altering | |
| substances is sufficient cause to effect relief from duty | | substances is sufficient cause to effect relief from duty | |
| and disciplinary action. | | and disciplinary action. | |
| b. All violations of the Standards of Conduct will | | b. All violations of the Standards of Conduct will | |
| be promptly reported to the chain of command. | | be promptly reported to the chain of command. | |
| 1-8. General Protection Policy | | 1-8. General Protection Policy | |
| a. Give all persons detained at Camp Delta and | | a. Give all persons detained at Camp Delta and | |
| other JTF-GTMO detention facilities humanitarian care | | other JTF-GTMO detention facilities humanitarian care | |
| and treatment within the spirit of the Geneva | | and treatment within the spirit of the Geneva | |
| Conventions. | | Conventions. | |
| | | | |
| skipping to change at line 427 | | skipping to change at line 493 | |
| matters involving both detainees and U.S. forces | | matters involving both detainees and U.S. forces | |
| assigned, attached, or working at Camp Delta and other | | assigned, attached, or working at Camp Delta and other | |
| JTF-GTMO detention facilities. | | JTF-GTMO detention facilities. | |
| b. Following is the security force chain of command | | b. Following is the security force chain of command | |
| for any given shift at Camp Delta and other JTF- | | for any given shift at Camp Delta and other JTF- | |
| GTMO detention facilities: | | GTMO detention facilities: | |
| POSITION REPORTS TO | | POSITION REPORTS TO | |
| S3, JDOG DCJDOG | | S3, JDOG DCJDOG | |
| CO S3, JDOG | | CO S3, JDOG | |
| PL CO | | PL CO | |
|
| SOG PL | | SOG’S 1, 2, 3 PL1 OR PL2 | |
| BLOCK NCOIC SOG | | BLOCK NCOIC SOG | |
|
| SP/GATE GUARDS SOG | | SP/GATE GUARDS SOG 3 | |
| JIIF MONITORS SOG | | JIIF MONITORS SOG | |
|
| ESCORT CTRL NCO CO | | ESCORT CTRL NCOIC DOC NCOIC | |
| ESCORTS SOG | | ESCORTS ESCORT NCOIC | |
| BLOCK GUARDS BLOCK NCOIC | | BLOCK GUARDS BLOCK NCOIC | |
|
| DOC NCO CO | | DOC NCOIC S3, JDOG | |
| | | CAMP 4 NCOIC FGIW | |
| | | Table 2-1 | |
| 2-2. Physical Plant | | 2-2. Physical Plant | |
|
| a. Camp Delta currently has nineteen maximum | | a. Camp Delta currently has nineteen maximum- | |
| security detention areas for confining detainees | | security detention areas for confining detainees | |
| individually and four medium security areas for | | individually and four medium security areas for | |
| confining detainees in twelve person rooms within a | | confining detainees in twelve person rooms within a | |
| forty-eight capacity building. These detention areas | | forty-eight capacity building. These detention areas | |
|
| are grouped into 4 distinct camps (Delta 1, Delta 2, | | are grouped into 4 distinct camps (Camp 1, Camp 2, | |
| Delta 3, and Delta 4). | | Camp 3, and Camp 4). | |
| b. Each of the maximum security detention areas | | b. Each of the maximum-security detention areas | |
| contains a block of cells having 24, 36, or 48 individual | | contains a block of cells having 24, 36, or 48 individual | |
|
| units. | | cells. | |
| c. Blocks are categorized as maximum security | | c. Blocks are categorized as maximum security | |
| (individual cells) or medium security (twelve person | | (individual cells) or medium security (twelve person | |
|
| rooms). Several maximum security areas are | | rooms). Maximum-security blocks are designated as | |
| designated as Maximum Security Units (MSU), that | | Segregation, designed specifically for segregation and | |
| are designed for segregation and isolation of detainees | | isolation of detainees for disciplinary or intelligence | |
| for disciplinary or intelligence gathering purposes. | | gathering purposes. | |
| 2-3. Camp Delta Operations | | 2-3. Camp Delta Operations | |
| a. The JDOG S3 Section also serves as the Camp | | a. The JDOG S3 Section also serves as the Camp | |
| Delta Operations Section. The primary focus for the | | Delta Operations Section. The primary focus for the | |
| Camp Delta Operations Section is the safe, secure, and | | Camp Delta Operations Section is the safe, secure, and | |
| efficient operation of Camp Delta and other JTF- | | efficient operation of Camp Delta and other JTF- | |
| GTMO detention facilities. | | GTMO detention facilities. | |
| b. The Camp Delta Operations Section is organized | | b. The Camp Delta Operations Section is organized | |
| into two distinct branches: Detention Operations | | into two distinct branches: Detention Operations | |
| Branch and Detention Services Branch. | | Branch and Detention Services Branch. | |
| Section I – Personnel | | Section I – Personnel | |
| 2-4. Duty positions described in this SOP are | | 2-4. Duty positions described in this SOP are | |
| necessary for the effective operation of Camp Delta | | necessary for the effective operation of Camp Delta | |
| and other JTF-GTMO detention facilities; however, not | | and other JTF-GTMO detention facilities; however, not | |
| all positions are annotated in the current JTF-GTMO | | all positions are annotated in the current JTF-GTMO | |
| Joint Manning Document (JMD). Non-JMD positions | | Joint Manning Document (JMD). Non-JMD positions | |
| (identified with an *) will be filled via tasking to | | (identified with an *) will be filled via tasking to | |
| subordinate units, or identified as Additional Duties for | | subordinate units, or identified as Additional Duties for | |
| other personnel in the JDOG headquarters. | | other personnel in the JDOG headquarters. | |
| 2-5. Detention Operations Branch | | 2-5. Detention Operations Branch | |
|
| a. Detention Operations Officer Assists the | | a. Detention Operations Officer Assists the JDOG | |
| JDOG S3 and on-duty Commanding Officer (CO) with | | S3 and on-duty Commanding Officer (CO) with all | |
| all aspects of detention operations, including detainee | | aspects of detention operations, including detainee | |
| custody and control, detainee movement and cell | | custody and control, detainee movement and cell | |
| assignments, internal security, mission tracking, and | | assignments, internal security, mission tracking, and | |
| reporting requirements. Responsible for development | | reporting requirements. Responsible for development | |
| of SOPs for both JDOG and detention facility | | of SOPs for both JDOG and detention facility | |
| operations and coordination with JTF-GTMO staff, | | operations and coordination with JTF-GTMO staff, | |
| subordinate units, contractors, medical staff, JIG, law | | subordinate units, contractors, medical staff, JIG, law | |
| enforcement agencies, and Naval Base staff and | | enforcement agencies, and Naval Base staff and | |
| support agencies. | | support agencies. | |
| b. Detention Operations NCO Assists the | | b. Detention Operations NCO Assists the | |
| Detention Operations Officer with all aspects of | | Detention Operations Officer with all aspects of | |
| | | | |
| skipping to change at line 507 | | skipping to change at line 575 | |
| and takes direction from the JDOG S3, and is | | and takes direction from the JDOG S3, and is | |
| responsible for all aspects of the operation of Camp | | responsible for all aspects of the operation of Camp | |
| Delta. Responsibilities include the day-to-day humane | | Delta. Responsibilities include the day-to-day humane | |
| care, custody and control, discipline, safety, and | | care, custody and control, discipline, safety, and | |
| welfare of all detainees. The CO is overall responsible | | welfare of all detainees. The CO is overall responsible | |
| for the care, conduct, and discipline of the guard force. | | for the care, conduct, and discipline of the guard force. | |
| Specific duties of the CO are detailed in the Special | | Specific duties of the CO are detailed in the Special | |
| Orders portion of this SOP. | | Orders portion of this SOP. | |
| d. On-duty Platoon Leader (PL)* Two MP | | d. On-duty Platoon Leader (PL)* Two MP | |
| Platoon Leaders will be assigned for each duty shift. | | Platoon Leaders will be assigned for each duty shift. | |
|
| PL assist the CO in the day-to-day operation of Camp | | PLs assist the CO in the day-to-day operation of Camp | |
| Delta. Specific duties of the PL are detailed in the | | Delta. Specific duties of the PL are detailed in the | |
| Special Orders portion of this SOP.Each PL will be | | Special Orders portion of this SOP.Each PL will be | |
| assigned an area of responsibility, as follows: | | assigned an area of responsibility, as follows: | |
|
| (1) PL1 will be assigned to Camp Delta 1 and 4. | | | |
| | | | |
|
| | | (1) PL1 will be assigned to Camp Delta 1 and 4. | |
| (2) PL2 will be assigned to Camp Delta 2 and 3. | | (2) PL2 will be assigned to Camp Delta 2 and 3. | |
|
| e. Sergeant of the Guard (SOG)* Three MP | | e. Sergeant of the Guard (SOG)* Four MP NCOs | |
| NCOs will be assigned for each duty shift, and | | will be assigned for each duty shift, and designated the | |
| designated the SOG for their assigned area, as outlined | | SOG for their assigned area, as outlined below. The | |
| below. The SOGs report to the PL assigned to their | | SOGs report to the PL assigned to their area of Camp | |
| area of Camp Delta. The SOGs are the immediate shift | | Delta. The SOGs are the immediate shift supervisors | |
| supervisors for Block NCOICs and Sally Port/Gate | | for Block NCOICs and Sally Port/Gate Guards for their | |
| Guards for their respective areas. The SOGs are | | respective areas. The SOGs are responsible for the | |
| responsible for the care, conduct, and safety of the | | care, conduct, and safety of the guard force. They | |
| guard force. They enforce accountability, control, | | enforce accountability, control, safety, care, and | |
| safety, care, and humane treatment of detainees; ensure | | humane treatment of detainees; ensure that all | |
| that all personnel perform their assigned duties and | | personnel perform their assigned duties and tasks to | |
| tasks to standard and adhere to the Camp Delta SOP; | | standard and adhere to the Camp Delta SOP; and | |
| and coordinate logistical support of the guard force and | | coordinate logistical support of the guard force and | |
| detainees for their shift. Specific duties of the SOG are | | detainees for their shift. Specific duties of the SOG are | |
| detailed in the Special Orders portion of this SOP. | | detailed in the Special Orders portion of this SOP. | |
| (1) SOG1 will be assigned to Camp Delta 1, and | | (1) SOG1 will be assigned to Camp Delta 1, and | |
| will be an MP NCO, SFC or above. SOG1 is | | will be an MP NCO, SFC or above. SOG1 is | |
| designated as the senior SOG for the shift. | | designated as the senior SOG for the shift. | |
| (2) SOG2 will be assigned to Camp Delta 2 and | | (2) SOG2 will be assigned to Camp Delta 2 and | |
| 3, and will be an MP NCO, SFC or above. | | 3, and will be an MP NCO, SFC or above. | |
|
| (3) SOG3 will be assigned to Camp Delta 4, and | | (3) SOG 3 will be assigned to perform duties | |
| will be an MP NCO, SSG or above. | | between Sally ports 1&8 “Camp Delta Mainstreet”, | |
| | | Gold, Brown and Yellow JIIF trailers. SOG 3 will be | |
| | | an MP NCO, SSG or above. | |
| | | (4) SOG 4 will be assigned to Camp 4, and will | |
| | | be an MP NCO, SSG or above. | |
| f. Block NCOIC* A Block NCOIC will be | | f. Block NCOIC* A Block NCOIC will be | |
|
| assigned to each occupied cell block for each shift. | | assigned to each occupied block for each shift. The | |
| The Block NCOIC is supervises all block guards | | Block NCOIC is supervises all guards assigned to the | |
| assigned to the block and is responsible for all aspects | | block and is responsible for all aspects of custody and | |
| of custody and control, care, shelter, feeding, and | | control, care, shelter, feeding, and treatment of all | |
| treatment of all detainees housed in the cell block. | | detainees housed in the cell block. | |
| g. Escort Control NCO* and Assistant Escort | | g. Escort Control NCO* and Assistant Escort | |
| Control NCO* An NCO (SGT or above) will be | | Control NCO* An NCO (SGT or above) will be | |
| assigned as the Escort Control NCO for each shift. An | | assigned as the Escort Control NCO for each shift. An | |
| NCO (CPL or above) will be assigned as the Assistant | | NCO (CPL or above) will be assigned as the Assistant | |
| Escort Control NCO for day and swing shift. The | | Escort Control NCO for day and swing shift. The | |
| Escort Control NCO and Assistant NCO are | | Escort Control NCO and Assistant NCO are | |
| responsible for all aspects of Camp Delta escort | | responsible for all aspects of Camp Delta escort | |
| operations. | | operations. | |
| h. DOC NCO and Assistant DOC NCO An NCO | | h. DOC NCO and Assistant DOC NCO An NCO | |
| (SGT or above) will be assigned as the DOC NCO. An | | (SGT or above) will be assigned as the DOC NCO. An | |
| NCO (CPL or above) will be assigned as the Assistant | | NCO (CPL or above) will be assigned as the Assistant | |
| DOC NCO for day and swing shift. The DOC NCO | | DOC NCO for day and swing shift. The DOC NCO | |
| and Assistant DOC NCO are responsible for | | and Assistant DOC NCO are responsible for | |
| controlling, reporting, and tracking all aspects of | | controlling, reporting, and tracking all aspects of | |
| detention facility operations. | | detention facility operations. | |
|
| i. Detention Hospital Security Force NCO An | | i. Detention Hospital Security Force NCOIC An | |
| NCO (SSG or above) will be detailed to perform duty | | NCO (SSG or above) will be detailed to perform duty | |
| at the Detention Hospital. This NCO is responsible for | | at the Detention Hospital. This NCO is responsible for | |
| all security provided at the Detention Hospital, and for | | all security provided at the Detention Hospital, and for | |
| the custody and control of all detainees treated at the | | the custody and control of all detainees treated at the | |
| Detention Hospital (in-patient and out-patient). All | | Detention Hospital (in-patient and out-patient). All | |
| guards assigned to work a shift at the Detention | | guards assigned to work a shift at the Detention | |
| Hospital are OPCON to the Detention Hospital | | Hospital are OPCON to the Detention Hospital | |
| Security Force NCO. | | Security Force NCO. | |
| j. DOC Clerk Responsibilities include, but are not | | j. DOC Clerk Responsibilities include, but are not | |
|
| limited to, maintaining the Camp Delta Blotter, radio- | | limited to, maintaining the Camp Delta Blotter, | |
| telephone operator tasks, detainee tracking, and other | | radiotelephone operator tasks, detainee tracking, and | |
| duties as assigned by DOC NCO. | | other duties as assigned by DOC NCO. | |
| 2-6. Detention Services Branch (DSB) | | 2-6. Detention Services Branch (DSB) | |
| a. Detention Services Officer* Supervises all | | a. Detention Services Officer* Supervises all | |
| aspects of detainee record administration, Camp Delta | | aspects of detainee record administration, Camp Delta | |
| operational records administration, detainee | | operational records administration, detainee | |
| administrative and logistics support, detainee database | | administrative and logistics support, detainee database | |
| management, mission tracking, and reporting | | management, mission tracking, and reporting | |
| requirements. Responsible for staffing and publishing | | requirements. Responsible for staffing and publishing | |
| SOPs for detention facility operations, and | | SOPs for detention facility operations, and | |
| coordination with JTF-GTMO staff, subordinate units, | | coordination with JTF-GTMO staff, subordinate units, | |
| contractors, medical staff, JIG, law enforcement | | contractors, medical staff, JIG, law enforcement | |
| | | | |
| skipping to change at line 642 | | skipping to change at line 714 | |
| orders and memorandums. | | orders and memorandums. | |
| b. Strict control and continuous records | | b. Strict control and continuous records | |
| management is critical to ensure thorough | | management is critical to ensure thorough | |
| accountability of all information concerning detainee | | accountability of all information concerning detainee | |
| records, other administrative documents, and | | records, other administrative documents, and | |
| accountability of equipment. All personnel will strictly | | accountability of equipment. All personnel will strictly | |
| comply with the Privacy Act and Freedom of | | comply with the Privacy Act and Freedom of | |
| Information Act concerning divulging of information, | | Information Act concerning divulging of information, | |
| either telephonically or in hard copy. | | either telephonically or in hard copy. | |
| c. Much of the operational and administrative | | c. Much of the operational and administrative | |
|
| records of Camp Delta are classified or sensitive in | | records of Camp Delta is classified or sensitive in | |
| nature and will be safeguarded as such. Personnel will | | nature and will be safeguarded as such. Personnel will | |
| not authorize release of information to the media. | | not authorize release of information to the media. | |
| d. Records will not be removed from the facility | | d. Records will not be removed from the facility | |
| without authority from the CJDOG. Requests from | | without authority from the CJDOG. Requests from | |
| outside organizations will be routed through command | | outside organizations will be routed through command | |
| channels for decisions. Under no circumstances will a | | channels for decisions. Under no circumstances will a | |
| detainee review or have access to his records. | | detainee review or have access to his records. | |
| | | | |
| Chapter 3 | | Chapter 3 | |
| Detainee Reception Operations | | Detainee Reception Operations | |
| 3-1. Overview Periodically, detainees will arrive at | | 3-1. Overview Periodically, detainees will arrive at | |
| Leeward Airfield to be moved to Camp Delta for | | Leeward Airfield to be moved to Camp Delta for | |
| detention. The JDOG S3 will provide for specific | | detention. The JDOG S3 will provide for specific | |
| instructions and training prior to the reception of | | instructions and training prior to the reception of | |
| detainees. | | detainees. | |
| 3-2. Infantry Support Operations | | 3-2. Infantry Support Operations | |
|
| a. Detainee reception operations consist of four | | a. See Infantry SOP for DMO Operations | |
| phases. Outlined below are the inbound mission | | | |
| phases: | | | |
| (1) Phase 1 consists of preparation of movement, | | | |
| the staging of personnel, securing of vehicles, and a | | | |
| route reconnaissance. | | | |
| (2) Phase 2 consists of the transferring of | | | |
| detainees from the aircraft to JTF-GTMO, the | | | |
| detainees searched, loaded, secured for transport, and | | | |
| convoyed to Leeward Ferry Landing. | | | |
| (3) Phase 3 consists of the detainee movement | | | |
| from Leeward to Windward Landing and C3 with the | | | |
| JOC and the Camp Delta DOC. | | | |
| (4) The last phase consists of the detainee | | | |
| movement from Windward Ferry Landing to Camp | | | |
| Delta utilizing Checkpoints for movement. Detainee | | | |
| Transfers to another installation is conducted the same, | | | |
| but the process is executed in reverse. | | | |
| b. During phase 1, the unit stages its personnel and | | | |
| equipment consisting of the following requirement: | | | |
| four HMMWVs with .50 Cal MGs, one 2 ½ Ton Truck | | | |
| and one cargo HMMWV (38 total passengers) from | | | |
| Leeward Airfield to Camp Delta. The four HMMWVs | | | |
| will have a .50 Cal MG mounted on each of them. Unit | | | |
| will also provide one Squad (minimum nine soldiers) | | | |
| with cargo HMMWV as a Dismounted Security Force, | | | |
| a (17 soldier) QRF (both lethal and non-lethal capable) | | | |
| element on the 2 ½ Ton, and a minimal C2 cell. | | | |
| Initially, two gun trucks and a Maintenance Contact | | | |
| Team will go to the Leeward side one hour prior to the | | | |
| main body departure performing a route recon. Once | | | |
| on the Leeward side, both gun trucks will conduct a | | | |
| sweep of the airfield and establish support-by-fire | | | |
| (SBF) positions overlooking the ferry landing. One gun | | | |
| truck will remain in its SBF position while the other | | | |
| continues to sweep the airfield. The second gun truck | | | |
| will occupy its designated SBF position once the Ferry | | | |
| nears the landing. The lead gun truck will coordinate | | | |
| with JTF on the flight call signs. The main body links | | | |
| up with the buses and the ambulance at the Windward | | | |
| Ferry Landing and proceeds across to the Leeward | | | |
| Ferry Landing. Once off loaded on the Leeward side, | | | |
| the convoy proceeds to the flight line. One Gun Truck, | | | |
| the Security Team Cargo HMMWV, the MP Working | | | |
| Dog Team, and the last Gun Truck proceed up route #1 | | | |
| (West). The two busses, ambulance, and the QRF | | | |
| vehicle proceed up route #2 (South). All vehicles will | | | |
| stage and wait for the aircraft to arrive. The | | | |
| Maintenance Contact Team moves to the Leeward | | | |
| Ferry Landing and provides security of the ferry while | | | |
| docked. | | | |
| c. Phase 2 begins once the aircraft is on the ground. | | | |
| The gun trucks proceed to positions forming a | | | |
| perimeter around the aircraft. One Security Squad | | | |
| Team positions itself from the aircrafts 11 o’clock to 1 | | | |
| o’clock position. The second Security Squad Team | | | |
| positions itself from 5 o’clock to 7 o’clock covering in | | | |
| between the two gun trucks. Correct spacing of troops | | | |
| in paramount. Deploy these soldiers by vehicle. The | | | |
| two busses, the ambulance, and the QRF element will | | | |
| then move into position to the rear of the aircraft. The | | | |
| QRF dismounts with shields and batons (no weapons) | | | |
| and forms a cordon from the aircraft ramp to the lead | | | |
| bus and ambulance. The CO coordinates with the | | | |
| Aircraft Commander to get all pertinent information on | | | |
| detainees. MPs will move detainees to the busses. | | | |
| Secure the detainees on the busses and then the convoy | | | |
| proceeds to the ferry and loads for return to the | | | |
| Windward side. | | | |
| d. During phase 3, position a sniper (one soldier | | | |
| from the QRF w/ two spotters) on top of the ferry | | | |
| during the movement from the Leeward side to the | | | |
| Windward side. QRF provides security (with | | | |
| weapons) on the deck of the ferry for the crossing. The | | | |
| Security squad provides security from the bridge side | | | |
| of the ferry. The Sniper Team will remain in position | | | |
| until the ramp of the ferry begins to deploy. Upon | | | |
| docking on the Windward side, the convoy offloads | | | |
| and lines up for movement back to Camp Delta. | | | |
| e. During the last phase, the order of march is one | | | |
| gun truck, the two detainee busses, the ambulance, one | | | |
| gun truck, the QRF Element, the Security squad, the | | | |
| MP working dog team, and finally the last two gun | | | |
| trucks. March speed is 30 MPH. The convoy will | | | |
| report all seven checkpoints (see coordinating | | | |
| instructions in the OPORD) back to Camp Delta to the | | | |
| JOC. The lead gun truck establishes a Blocking | | | |
| Position (BP) on the road at Sally Port 1 of Camp Delta | | | |
| as the buses and ambulances enter the gate. Once | | | |
| detainees are in the camp and the gate is closed all | | | |
| vehicles will proceed to Seaside Galley parking lot for | | | |
| an after action review (AAR) and a mission debriefing. | | | |
| The QRF will remain on the 2 ½ Ton Truck outside of | | | |
| Sally Port #1 until properly relieved by the MPs. | | | |
| 3-3. Infantry Support Force | | | |
| a. Team Omaha secures the airfield and designated | | | |
| route to facilitate the safe and unhindered | | | |
| transportation of detainees to / from the Camp Delta | | | |
| Detainment Facility. | | | |
| b. The mission consists of the following elements: | | | |
| Quick Reaction Force (QRF), a Dismounted Security | | | |
| Element (one Squad), a Mounted Security Element | | | |
| | | | |
| (four HMMWVs w/ .50 Cal MGs), two Bus Teams, a | | | |
| MP Working Dog (MWD) Team, and a C2 element. | | | |
| c. The QRF comes from the Platoon currently the | | | |
| QRF in Camp Delta or if the designated Platoon has | | | |
| enough personnel for the mission. It consists of two | | | |
| Squads and the QRF PL. This element rides on a 2 ½- | | | |
| ton Truck, and carries both lethal and non-lethal | | | |
| weapons. The QRF PL maintains command and | | | |
| control (C2) of this element. | | | |
| d. The Dismounted Security Element is a Squad. It | | | |
| comes from the same Platoon designated for the | | | |
| detainee Movement Operation. This squad rides on a | | | |
| Troop/Cargo HMMWV, and carries only lethal weapon | | | |
| systems. | | | |
| e. The mounted security element consists of four | | | |
| HMMWVs with .50 Cal MGs. The PL maintains | | | |
| command and control (C2) of this element. | | | |
| f. The JDOG provides the two teams of bus | | | |
| personnel. They link up with the buses at either the | | | |
| Leeward or Windward Ferry Landing. | | | |
| g. The JDOG also provides a Military Working Dog | | | |
| Team. They utilize an A/C HMMWV that provides | | | |
| comfort to the Dogs. The Combat Camera Team will | | | |
| also be located in this vehicle. | | | |
| h. The C2 element consists of the CO and the | | | |
| Infantry Task Force Commander. They both ride in | | | |
| each of the Gun trucks from the Mounted Security | | | |
| Squads. Each of these personnel has the following | | | |
| responsibilities: | | | |
| (1) The CO is overall responsible for the | | | |
| download of detainees. He has command and control | | | |
| (C2) of the QRF, the Security Squad, and the Mounted | | | |
| Security Element, the two Bus Teams, the Military | | | |
| Working Dog Team, and the Medical assets. He | | | |
| coordinates with Air Force personnel prior to the plane | | | |
| landing and the security crew on the plane once the | | | |
| plane has landed. He reports directly to the Infantry | | | |
| Task Force Commander. | | | |
| (2) The Task Force Commander has Command | | | |
| and Control (C2) of all operational assets. The CO | | | |
| reports to him. He has TACON of the Port Security | | | |
| Unit (PSU) boats, and reports directly to the Joint | | | |
| Operations Center (JOC). | | | |
| 3-4. Land Movement | | 3-4. Land Movement | |
| a. Follow the guidelines listed below for the airfield | | a. Follow the guidelines listed below for the airfield | |
| reception of detainees. | | reception of detainees. | |
| b. The JDOG will identify two NCOs to receive | | b. The JDOG will identify two NCOs to receive | |
| detainee property and the manifest. NCO #1 will | | detainee property and the manifest. NCO #1 will | |
| obtain the manifest from the personnel on the aircraft | | obtain the manifest from the personnel on the aircraft | |
| and ride with the lead bus to Camp Delta. NCO #1 will | | and ride with the lead bus to Camp Delta. NCO #1 will | |
| turn over this manifest upon arrival at Camp Delta to | | turn over this manifest upon arrival at Camp Delta to | |
| the in-processing escort NCOIC. NCO #2 will receive | | the in-processing escort NCOIC. NCO #2 will receive | |
| the detainee property and coordinate with JIG for | | the detainee property and coordinate with JIG for | |
| custody of the property. Once this coordination is done | | custody of the property. Once this coordination is done | |
| and property needed by the JIG is released to them, the | | and property needed by the JIG is released to them, the | |
| remaining property will be taken to JDOG S-4 and | | remaining property will be taken to JDOG S-4 and | |
| released to the Property Book Officer (PBO) for | | released to the Property Book Officer (PBO) for | |
| storage, IAW AR 210-174. | | storage, IAW AR 210-174. | |
|
| c. Utilize six MPs, including one MP with a | | c. Utilize six guards, including one guard with a | |
| shotgun, per detainee bus. | | shotgun, per detainee bus. | |
|
| d. Two MPs will receive the detainee from the | | d. Two guards will receive the detainee from the | |
| aircraft escort team. They will pat down the detainee | | aircraft escort team. They will pat down the detainee | |
|
| then turn the detainee over to the MPs on the bus. | | then turn the detainee over to the guards on the bus. | |
| e. Three MPs will remain on the bus and receive the | | e. Three guards will remain on the bus and receive | |
| patted-down detainee from the two MPs on the ground. | | the patted-down detainee from the two guards on the | |
| They will move the detainee to his position on the bus | | ground. They will move the detainee to his position on | |
| and secure him to the floor. | | the bus and secure him to the floor. | |
| f. Once the bus is full, all six MPs will travel on the | | f. Once the bus is full, all six guards will travel on | |
| bus to provide security for the detainees. | | the bus to provide security for the detainees. | |
| g. Both buses will be loaded at the same time. | | g. Both buses will be loaded at the same time. | |
| h. Infantry will be responsible for area outer | | h. Infantry will be responsible for area outer | |
| security during the airfield operations and the convoy | | security during the airfield operations and the convoy | |
| from the airport to Camp Delta. | | from the airport to Camp Delta. | |
| i. The detainees will be in a three-piece suit. | | i. The detainees will be in a three-piece suit. | |
| j. The bus guards must bring sufficient handcuffs to | | j. The bus guards must bring sufficient handcuffs to | |
| secure the detainees to the chain in the bus. | | secure the detainees to the chain in the bus. | |
| 3-5. In-processing Security | | 3-5. In-processing Security | |
| a. Periodically, detainees will arrive at Camp Delta | | a. Periodically, detainees will arrive at Camp Delta | |
| to be detained until an appropriate disposition is | | to be detained until an appropriate disposition is | |
| decided. The following guidelines will be followed for | | decided. The following guidelines will be followed for | |
|
| the in-processing. | | in-processing. | |
| b. The DOC will be responsible for transmitting via | | b. The DOC will be responsible for transmitting via | |
| brevity code the following actions. Separate brevity | | brevity code the following actions. Separate brevity | |
| codes are used for the dress rehearsal and mission for | | codes are used for the dress rehearsal and mission for | |
| the following phases: | | the following phases: | |
| (1) Off-loading of detainees commences | | (1) Off-loading of detainees commences | |
| (2) Off-loading of detainees completed | | (2) Off-loading of detainees completed | |
| (3) Completion of in-processing. | | (3) Completion of in-processing. | |
| c. Two Escort NCOICs should be identified for the | | c. Two Escort NCOICs should be identified for the | |
| operation of detainee in-processing. One will be | | operation of detainee in-processing. One will be | |
| responsible for receiving detainees and moving them | | responsible for receiving detainees and moving them | |
| | | | |
| skipping to change at line 872 | | skipping to change at line 799 | |
| (2) Dressing room personnel will also prepare | | (2) Dressing room personnel will also prepare | |
| jump suites i.e. insert shorts into bottoms and roll pant | | jump suites i.e. insert shorts into bottoms and roll pant | |
| legs up at least half way. | | legs up at least half way. | |
| (3) Stage trash cans with liners, one outside | | (3) Stage trash cans with liners, one outside | |
| dressing room for goggles, two inside stripping room | | dressing room for goggles, two inside stripping room | |
| for clothes, three in holding area #1 for mittens, | | for clothes, three in holding area #1 for mittens, | |
| earmuffs, and miscellaneous trash. | | earmuffs, and miscellaneous trash. | |
| (4) Two cardboard boxes should be placed in | | (4) Two cardboard boxes should be placed in | |
| holding area #1 for the Air Force black boxes and | | holding area #1 for the Air Force black boxes and | |
| chains. | | chains. | |
|
| | | | |
| (5) Set up two tables in holding area #1 for water. | | (5) Set up two tables in holding area #1 for water. | |
|
| MPs will use three coolers identified for their use. | | Guards will use three coolers identified for their use. | |
| Detainees will use two coolers identified for their use. | | Detainees will use two coolers identified for their use. | |
| Secure Styrofoam cups and coordinate with medics to | | Secure Styrofoam cups and coordinate with medics to | |
| obtain ice. | | obtain ice. | |
| (6) Get rubber gloves from medics. | | (6) Get rubber gloves from medics. | |
|
| (7) Coordinate with the DOC to stage four golf | | (7) Coordinate with the DOC to stage four | |
| carts, with keys, fueled up, and outside holding area #2. | | Gators, with keys, fueled up, and outside holding area | |
| | | #2. | |
| (8) Secure gate keys “A” and “B” from the DOC. | | (8) Secure gate keys “A” and “B” from the DOC. | |
| (9) Secure at least six Saber radios from the | | (9) Secure at least six Saber radios from the | |
| DOC. One for each of the NCOICs and one for each of | | DOC. One for each of the NCOICs and one for each of | |
|
| the golf cart drivers. | | the Gator drivers. | |
| (10) Shades will be closed on blocks to restrict | | (10) Shades will be closed on blocks to restrict | |
| detainee’s view of in-processing. | | detainee’s view of in-processing. | |
| (11) Secure two road guard vests for soldiers | | (11) Secure two road guard vests for soldiers | |
| directing convoy. | | directing convoy. | |
| e. Once in-processing personnel arrive, they will | | e. Once in-processing personnel arrive, they will | |
|
| begin by sweeping holding areas #1 and #2. MPs will | | begin by sweeping holding areas #1 and #2. Guards | |
| then be tasked as follows: | | will then be tasked as follows: | |
| (1) Two for holding area #1 security. | | (1) Two for holding area #1 security. | |
| (2) Two for mitten and earmuff removal as well | | (2) Two for mitten and earmuff removal as well | |
| as distributing water to detainees in holding area. | | as distributing water to detainees in holding area. | |
| (3) Two for restraint removal and preparing | | (3) Two for restraint removal and preparing | |
| clothing to be removed. | | clothing to be removed. | |
| (4) Two for the strip room. | | (4) Two for the strip room. | |
| (5) Two for shower and lice room. Wet weather | | (5) Two for shower and lice room. Wet weather | |
| gear will be provided for soldiers. | | gear will be provided for soldiers. | |
| (6) Two for physical inspection room. | | (6) Two for physical inspection room. | |
| (7) Two for the dressing room. | | (7) Two for the dressing room. | |
| (8) Two to direct detainee convoy into Camp | | (8) Two to direct detainee convoy into Camp | |
|
| Delta. Road Guard vests will be issued from supply. | | Delta. Road guard vests will be issued from supply. | |
| | | | |
| (9) One to check off detainee roster inside | | (9) One to check off detainee roster inside | |
| holding area #1. | | holding area #1. | |
| (10) Four to six in riot gear to serve as the | | (10) Four to six in riot gear to serve as the | |
| Immediate Reaction Force (IRF) team. | | Immediate Reaction Force (IRF) team. | |
| (11) Remaining soldiers will be paired with an | | (11) Remaining soldiers will be paired with an | |
| NCO who will sign for a handcuff key. | | NCO who will sign for a handcuff key. | |
| (12) Four of these soldiers will be identified to be | | (12) Four of these soldiers will be identified to be | |
| litter escorts if needed. | | litter escorts if needed. | |
| f. NCO from the JDOG turns keys to black boxes to | | f. NCO from the JDOG turns keys to black boxes to | |
| Reception NCOIC and manifest over to JDOG S-1 at | | Reception NCOIC and manifest over to JDOG S-1 at | |
| processing area. The manifest will identify the order of | | processing area. The manifest will identify the order of | |
| processing for detainees. The manifest usually will | | processing for detainees. The manifest usually will | |
| designate a “Top Ten” list of the first detainees to be | | designate a “Top Ten” list of the first detainees to be | |
| interviewed at the Joint Intelligence Interrogation | | interviewed at the Joint Intelligence Interrogation | |
| Facility (JIIF). | | Facility (JIIF). | |
|
| g. Processing area escort MPs move detainees into | | g. Processing area escort guards move detainees | |
| holding area as they are taken off of the buses. Escorts | | into holding area as they are taken off of the buses. | |
| operate as teams of two. | | Escorts operate as teams of two. | |
| h. Escorts remove earmuffs and black boxes from | | h. Escorts remove earmuffs and black boxes from | |
| detainees. Black boxes are staged outside of holding | | detainees. Black boxes are staged outside of holding | |
| area pending return to Air Force. Four medics from the | | area pending return to Air Force. Four medics from the | |
| JDOG check detainees after they are placed in holding | | JDOG check detainees after they are placed in holding | |
| area. This is a check for any medical condition | | area. This is a check for any medical condition | |
| requiring immediate attention (heat problems, etc.) | | requiring immediate attention (heat problems, etc.) | |
| i. Escort teams move detainees through the | | i. Escort teams move detainees through the | |
| processing stations. Unless otherwise specified, | | processing stations. Unless otherwise specified, | |
| restraints remain on detainees. Some stations require | | restraints remain on detainees. Some stations require | |
| removal of some restraints, however, at no time, unless | | removal of some restraints, however, at no time, unless | |
| | | | |
| skipping to change at line 973 | | skipping to change at line 901 | |
| into PWIS database. | | into PWIS database. | |
| (7) Station 7: Photo for identity (ID) bracelet is | | (7) Station 7: Photo for identity (ID) bracelet is | |
| taken in room adjacent to database interview room. | | taken in room adjacent to database interview room. | |
| (8) Station 8: Move to hallway for taking of | | (8) Station 8: Move to hallway for taking of | |
| fingerprints. The JDOG be prepared to provide two | | fingerprints. The JDOG be prepared to provide two | |
| MPs to take fingerprints. | | MPs to take fingerprints. | |
| (9) Station 9: Detainee is moved to medical in- | | (9) Station 9: Detainee is moved to medical in- | |
| processing. Detainee is placed on cot for blood draw. | | processing. Detainee is placed on cot for blood draw. | |
| (10) Station 10: Detainee is moved to x-ray room | | (10) Station 10: Detainee is moved to x-ray room | |
| and receives chest x-ray. Medical personnel will place | | and receives chest x-ray. Medical personnel will place | |
|
| lead aprons over MPs while MPs maintain control of | | lead aprons over guards while guards maintain control | |
| detainee. | | of detainee. | |
| (11) Station 11: Detainee is moved to medical | | (11) Station 11: Detainee is moved to medical | |
| exam room. | | exam room. | |
| (12) Station 12: Detainee is moved to dental | | (12) Station 12: Detainee is moved to dental | |
| exam room. (Station 11 and Station 12 can be done in | | exam room. (Station 11 and Station 12 can be done in | |
| the reverse order, depending on their availability.) | | the reverse order, depending on their availability.) | |
| j. If the detainee is one of the first 10 being | | j. If the detainee is one of the first 10 being | |
| processed, as identified by the manifest, he is taken | | processed, as identified by the manifest, he is taken | |
| directly to JIIF and turned over to JIIF escort personnel | | directly to JIIF and turned over to JIIF escort personnel | |
| at the JIIF sally port. | | at the JIIF sally port. | |
|
| | | | |
| k. If the detainee is not one of the first 10 being | | k. If the detainee is not one of the first 10 being | |
| processed, he is moved through the system in the | | processed, he is moved through the system in the | |
| normal order. | | normal order. | |
|
| l. Escorts provide four MPs to drive golf carts | | l. Escorts provide four guards to drive Gators | |
| moving detainees to and from the blocks and medical. | | moving detainees to and from the blocks and medical. | |
|
| An escort team will accompany the golf carts as | | An escort team will accompany the Gators as detainees | |
| detainees are moved to and from the blocks to medical | | are moved to and from the blocks to medical at | |
| at processing. | | processing. | |
| m.Once all processing is complete, MPs will insure | | m.Once all processing is complete, guards will | |
| that all handcuffs, goggles, earmuffs, leg irons, black | | insure that all handcuffs, goggles, earmuffs, leg irons, | |
| boxes, and belly chains are accounted for and | | black boxes, and belly chains are accounted for and | |
| assembled for return to the Air Force. These items will | | assembled for return to the Air Force. These items will | |
| be picked up for return to Leeward Airfield. | | be picked up for return to Leeward Airfield. | |
| n. Once all processing is complete, the processing | | n. Once all processing is complete, the processing | |
| building will be cleaned and policed. | | building will be cleaned and policed. | |
| 3-6. Inbound and Outbound Operations | | 3-6. Inbound and Outbound Operations | |
|
| Refer to Annex E Air Bridge Operations. | | Refer to Annex E/SIPR Detainee Movement | |
| | | Operations (DMO). | |
| 3-7. Linguist Support | | 3-7. Linguist Support | |
| The JDOG S3 will task linguists to support reception | | The JDOG S3 will task linguists to support reception | |
| operations. The languages of the transferring detainees | | operations. The languages of the transferring detainees | |
| will determine which linguists will be used in the | | will determine which linguists will be used in the | |
| transfer process from the point of origin to Camp Delta | | transfer process from the point of origin to Camp Delta | |
| and from Camp Delta to transfer location for an | | and from Camp Delta to transfer location for an | |
| outbound mission. | | outbound mission. | |
|
| | | 3-8. Facility Support | |
| | | a. Two days prior to the arrival of the detainees, the | |
| | | block(s) to house the new arrivals will be emptied of | |
| | | their occupants. | |
| | | | |
| | | b. MPs will inspect the block(s) for any trash or | |
| | | items left in the cells. Any items of intelligence value | |
| | | will be turned over to the JDOG S-2. | |
| | | c. If there is any graffiti on the cell walls or doors, | |
| | | shower areas, or the exercise yard, an interpreter will | |
| | | be called to interpret it and record the translation. The | |
| | | JDOG S-2 will be contacted to coordinate any need to | |
| | | record images of the graffiti. | |
| | | d. Once JDOG S-2 is finished with the graffiti, the | |
| | | R&U section will paint over all graffiti in the cells, | |
| | | shower and the exercise yard. | |
| | | 3-9. Inbound Preparation Requirements | |
| | | a. This activity requires coordination with the | |
| | | following groups and/or individuals: | |
| | | (1) Infantry Task Force | |
| | | (2) Joint Medical Group (JMG) to include psych | |
| | | staff | |
| | | (3) Combat Camera | |
| | | (4) Detainee Chaplain | |
| | | (5) ICE | |
| | | (6) Interpreters for additional linguists support | |
| | | (7) J-4 for additional transportation assets | |
| | | b. An access roster of personnel allowed into the | |
| | | processing building will be created and forwarded to | |
| | | the processing line NCOIC. Personnel on the access | |
| | | roster will be issued badges. R&U will construct a | |
| | | temporary barrier around the processing facility. | |
| | | Unauthorized personnel will be kept away from the | |
| | | processing line by the infantry. | |
| | | c. Prior to the arrival of the detainees, the JDOG S- | |
| | | 1 will distribute the manifest to JDOG Ops and others | |
| | | to coordinate their activities for the detainee’s arrival. | |
| | | d. The land bridge guards will obtain the following | |
| | | items from JDOG S-3 for use: | |
| | | (1) Zip ties | |
| | | (2) Search gloves | |
| | | (3) ISO mats for the processing holding area | |
| | | (4) Surgical masks for the guards | |
| | | (5) MREs for the guards for lunch | |
| | | (6) Two pairs of EMT scissors | |
| | | (7) Two pairs of cutters (wire cutters) | |
| | | (8) Three-piece suit for each detainee and staged | |
| | | in the processing building. | |
| | | e. JDOG Ops will coordinate with J-4 transportation | |
| | | for the detainee buses and bus drivers. | |
| | | f. The S-1 will stage the following items in the | |
| | | processing building: | |
| | | (1) Two towels for each detainee | |
| | | (2) Scrub brushes | |
| | | (3) Uniform and flip-flops for each detainee. | |
| | | g. JDOG Ops will coordinate with J-3 operations | |
| | | for additional radios with the secure long-range | |
| | | frequency when there are insufficient quantities | |
| | | available at Camp Delta. | |
| | | 3-10. Outbound Preparation Requirements | |
| | | a. This activity requires coordination with the | |
| | | following groups and/or individuals: | |
| | | (1) JAG for the exit interview and release | |
| | | agreement | |
| | | (2) ICRC for an exit interview | |
| | | (3) Combat Camera | |
| | | (4) Detainee Chaplain | |
| | | (5) JMG to include the psych staff | |
| | | (6) Interpreters | |
| | | (7) JIG | |
| | | (8) PSYOPS | |
| | | b. Prior to the departure of the detainees, the JDOG | |
| | | S-1 will distribute the transfer order and manifest to | |
| | | JDOG Ops and others to coordinate their activities for | |
| | | the detainee’s departure. | |
| | | c. JDOG Ops will coordinate the following items: | |
| | | (1) Broadcast of two PSYOP messages about the | |
| | | pending transfer of detainees | |
| | | (2) Arranging a feast in Camp 4 for all detainees | |
| | | that will occur the night before they leave | |
| | | (3) Issuance of the following detainee travel | |
| | | items: | |
| | | (a) Prayer Beads | |
| | | (b) Prayer Cap | |
| | | (c) Koran | |
| | | (d) Book | |
| | | (e) Sports or duffel bag | |
| | | (f) Jeans | |
| | | (g) Shoes | |
| | | (h) Socks | |
| | | (i) T-Shirt | |
| | | (j) Shirt | |
| | | (k) Boxer Shorts | |
| | | (l) Shaving Cream | |
| | | (m) Disposable Razor | |
| | | (n) Deodorant | |
| | | (o) Shampoo | |
| | | (p) Toothpaste | |
| | | (q) Package of Kleenex | |
| | | (r) Package of Wet Wipes | |
| | | (s) Comb. | |
| | | (4) The following travel items will be dependant on | |
| | | the destination’s climate: | |
| | | (a) Jacket | |
| | | (b) Blanket | |
| | | (c) Thermal underwear bottoms | |
| | | (d) Thermal underwear tops. | |
| | | (5) Transportation for the transfers through the J- | |
| | | 4 transportation office. | |
| | | (6) MP escorts for the transport, lead, and trail | |
| | | vehicles. | |
| | | | |
| Chapter 4 | | Chapter 4 | |
| Detainee Processing (Reception/Transfer/Release) | | Detainee Processing (Reception/Transfer/Release) | |
| 4-1. Purpose | | 4-1. Purpose | |
| To in-process detainees, update and maintain the DRS | | To in-process detainees, update and maintain the DRS | |
| (Detainee Reporting System) database, send daily | | (Detainee Reporting System) database, send daily | |
| upload and report to the National Detainee Records | | upload and report to the National Detainee Records | |
| Center (NDRC). Support other JDOG sections through | | Center (NDRC). Support other JDOG sections through | |
| database research and queries. DRS is the principle | | database research and queries. DRS is the principle | |
| database for detainee’s administrative records. | | database for detainee’s administrative records. | |
| | | | |
| skipping to change at line 1053 | | skipping to change at line 1092 | |
| detainee information collected during the in-processing | | detainee information collected during the in-processing | |
| in theater. Use SIPRNET to send this. | | in theater. Use SIPRNET to send this. | |
| d. Between 4-6 hours prior to arrival, an order list | | d. Between 4-6 hours prior to arrival, an order list | |
| will arrive from the JIG detailing the order in which | | will arrive from the JIG detailing the order in which | |
| they want the detainees processed. Processing line | | they want the detainees processed. Processing line | |
| personnel will attempt to follow this order, however the | | personnel will attempt to follow this order, however the | |
| processing mission takes precedent. If the order list | | processing mission takes precedent. If the order list | |
| does not arrive, contact the JIG to confirm order. | | does not arrive, contact the JIG to confirm order. | |
| 4-5. Personnel Requirements | | 4-5. Personnel Requirements | |
| a. Holding Area. | | a. Holding Area. | |
|
| (1) One MP NCO assigned from a subordinate | | (1) One guard NCO assigned from a subordinate | |
| MP company to control the off-loading of the busses, | | MP company to control the off-loading of the busses, | |
| positioning of detainees in the holding area, and | | positioning of detainees in the holding area, and | |
| security of the holding area. | | security of the holding area. | |
|
| (2) There will be two MP escorts per detainee. A | | (2) There will be two escorts per detainee. A | |
| ratio of 2:1 is required. | | ratio of 2:1 is required. | |
| (3) Medical personnel: An NCOIC and four | | (3) Medical personnel: An NCOIC and four | |
| medics set up and operate a first aid station. | | medics set up and operate a first aid station. | |
| b. Processing Trailer. | | b. Processing Trailer. | |
| (1) NCOIC: Controls traffic in the trailer and | | (1) NCOIC: Controls traffic in the trailer and | |
| coordinates with all entities for smooth flow of | | coordinates with all entities for smooth flow of | |
| detainees | | detainees | |
| c. Undressing Room. | | c. Undressing Room. | |
|
| (1) Two MPs | | (1) Two guards | |
| d. Shower Room. | | d. Shower Room. | |
| (1) Preventive medicine specialist | | (1) Preventive medicine specialist | |
| (2) Medic | | (2) Medic | |
|
| (3) Two MPs | | (3) Two guards | |
| e. Cavity Search. | | e. Cavity Search. | |
| (1) PA | | (1) PA | |
| (2) Medical NCO | | (2) Medical NCO | |
| (3) One linguist | | (3) One linguist | |
| f. Dressing Room. | | f. Dressing Room. | |
|
| (1) Two MPs | | (1) Two guards | |
| g. DNA Sample. | | g. DNA Sample. | |
| (1) Two CTIF personnel | | (1) Two CTIF personnel | |
| h. Height and Weight. | | h. Height and Weight. | |
| (1) Two Admin personnel | | (1) Two Admin personnel | |
| i. Processing Room. | | i. Processing Room. | |
| (1) Three processing clerks | | (1) Three processing clerks | |
| (2) Three intelligence personnel | | (2) Three intelligence personnel | |
| (3) Three linguists | | (3) Three linguists | |
| j. Camera Room. | | j. Camera Room. | |
| (1) Two admin clerks for picture and ID | | (1) Two admin clerks for picture and ID | |
| wristband processing, | | wristband processing, | |
| (2) Two FBI personnel for five-stage picture | | (2) Two FBI personnel for five-stage picture | |
| k. Fingerprinting. | | k. Fingerprinting. | |
| (1) Two to four FBI personnel; in their absence, | | (1) Two to four FBI personnel; in their absence, | |
|
| two to four MPs | | two to four guards | |
| l. Camp Rules. | | l. Camp Rules. | |
| (1) One linguist | | (1) One linguist | |
| m.The Linguist OIC will control interpreters | | m.The Linguist OIC will control interpreters | |
| stationed throughout the processing trailer. | | stationed throughout the processing trailer. | |
| 4-6. In-Processing Procedures | | 4-6. In-Processing Procedures | |
| a. Prior to detainee arrival, prepare and stage the | | a. Prior to detainee arrival, prepare and stage the | |
| following: | | following: | |
| (1) Water coolers with ice water and cups for | | (1) Water coolers with ice water and cups for | |
|
| MPs | | guards | |
| (2) Water cooler with water (without ice) and | | (2) Water cooler with water (without ice) and | |
| cups for detainees | | cups for detainees | |
|
| (3) Several boxes of latex gloves for MPs | | (3) Several boxes of latex gloves for guards | |
| (4) Hand sanitizer | | (4) Hand sanitizer | |
|
| (5) Golf carts staged and fueled for transporting | | (5) Gators staged and fueled for transporting | |
| detainees to blocks | | detainees to blocks | |
| (6) Keys to all gates in both holding areas | | (6) Keys to all gates in both holding areas | |
| (7) Raise blinds on North side of Delta block to | | (7) Raise blinds on North side of Delta block to | |
| prevent detainees from seeing new arrivals | | prevent detainees from seeing new arrivals | |
| (8) Station 4, stage detainee uniforms, and | | (8) Station 4, stage detainee uniforms, and | |
| footwear | | footwear | |
| (9) Shut down Camp Delta with no non-essential | | (9) Shut down Camp Delta with no non-essential | |
| traffic in or out and movement of detainees. | | traffic in or out and movement of detainees. | |
| b. Upon arrival, with the busses staged next to the | | b. Upon arrival, with the busses staged next to the | |
| holding area, the JDOG S-3 representative on the lead | | holding area, the JDOG S-3 representative on the lead | |
| bus will give the manifest with notes, medical records, | | bus will give the manifest with notes, medical records, | |
| | | | |
| Air Force shackle keys and the disk with detainee | | Air Force shackle keys and the disk with detainee | |
| information to the Processing NCOIC. Pass the | | information to the Processing NCOIC. Pass the | |
| appropriate information to medical and processing | | appropriate information to medical and processing | |
| personnel and give the Air Force shackle keys to the | | personnel and give the Air Force shackle keys to the | |
|
| MP’s staffing station #5, Dressing & Shackle | | guards staffing station #5, Dressing & Shackle | |
| Exchange. | | Exchange. | |
| c. MPs form two lines from the bus to the holding | | c. MPs form two lines from the bus to the holding | |
| area entrance. As the detainees are brought off the bus, | | area entrance. As the detainees are brought off the bus, | |
| the first escort from both lines will escort the detainee | | the first escort from both lines will escort the detainee | |
| through the sally port of the holding area. The NCOIC | | through the sally port of the holding area. The NCOIC | |
| of the holding area will station himself at the sally port | | of the holding area will station himself at the sally port | |
| and direct the placement of each detainee. NCOIC of | | and direct the placement of each detainee. NCOIC of | |
| the holding area is responsible for placing the detainees | | the holding area is responsible for placing the detainees | |
| in the sequence requested by the JIG. | | in the sequence requested by the JIG. | |
| d. Detainee entrance into holding area. Take the | | d. Detainee entrance into holding area. Take the | |
| | | | |
| skipping to change at line 1149 | | skipping to change at line 1188 | |
| masks in place after seating and securing all detainees. | | masks in place after seating and securing all detainees. | |
| All detainees will be off the bus and seated prior to | | All detainees will be off the bus and seated prior to | |
| processing beginning. | | processing beginning. | |
| In the holding area, medics check the detainees for | | In the holding area, medics check the detainees for | |
| distress and administer aid as necessary. If a detainee | | distress and administer aid as necessary. If a detainee | |
| is in need of urgent medical care, he can be front- | | is in need of urgent medical care, he can be front- | |
| loaded into the processing sequence or taken to the | | loaded into the processing sequence or taken to the | |
| hospital where admin personnel will process him after | | hospital where admin personnel will process him after | |
| processing all other detainees. | | processing all other detainees. | |
| e. On direction from the Processing NCOIC, two | | e. On direction from the Processing NCOIC, two | |
|
| MPs will escort in the first detainee to the processing | | guards will escort in the first detainee to the processing | |
| trailer. | | trailer. | |
| f. Any detainee requiring special treatment such as | | f. Any detainee requiring special treatment such as | |
| going directly to the JIG will be frontloaded in the | | going directly to the JIG will be frontloaded in the | |
| processing line. | | processing line. | |
| 4-7. MP Escort Responsibilities | | 4-7. MP Escort Responsibilities | |
|
| a. A team of two MPs will escort each detainee | | a. A team of two guards will escort each detainee | |
| through the entire processing line. On average, the | | through the entire processing line. On average, the | |
| processing cycle will last three hours; there is no | | processing cycle will last three hours; there is no | |
| provision for rest breaks during these evolutions. | | provision for rest breaks during these evolutions. | |
| Escorts must be aware of this requirement. | | Escorts must be aware of this requirement. | |
| b. Escorts will maintain four-point contact with | | b. Escorts will maintain four-point contact with | |
| their detainee at all times unless directed to modify | | their detainee at all times unless directed to modify | |
| their control by processing cadre. | | their control by processing cadre. | |
| c. Escorts will assist processing cadre as directed at | | c. Escorts will assist processing cadre as directed at | |
| each processing station. | | each processing station. | |
| d. Escorts will ensure that the detainees ISN | | d. Escorts will ensure that the detainees ISN | |
| | | | |
| skipping to change at line 1185 | | skipping to change at line 1224 | |
| escort team at the end of processing. | | escort team at the end of processing. | |
| 4-8. Clothing Removal Room (Station 1) | | 4-8. Clothing Removal Room (Station 1) | |
| Detainee remains shackled while clothing is cut off and | | Detainee remains shackled while clothing is cut off and | |
| disposed of. | | disposed of. | |
| 4-9. Shower (Station 2) | | 4-9. Shower (Station 2) | |
| a. A Preventive Medicine Specialist will check | | a. A Preventive Medicine Specialist will check | |
| detainee for lice, scabies, and open wounds that require | | detainee for lice, scabies, and open wounds that require | |
| treatment. If no treatment is necessary, lower the | | treatment. If no treatment is necessary, lower the | |
| goggles from face but stay around detainee neck and he | | goggles from face but stay around detainee neck and he | |
| place the detainee in the shower for five minutes and | | place the detainee in the shower for five minutes and | |
|
| scrubbed by MPs. | | scrubbed by guards. | |
| b. If treatment is required, medics will apply | | b. If treatment is required, medics will apply | |
| treatment while the next detainee in line showers. | | treatment while the next detainee in line showers. | |
| 4-10. Cavity Search (Station 3) | | 4-10. Cavity Search (Station 3) | |
| a. A Physicians Assistant (PA) will give the detainee | | a. A Physicians Assistant (PA) will give the detainee | |
| a quick exam, checks for scars, markings, and tattoos. | | a quick exam, checks for scars, markings, and tattoos. | |
| If there are any, take a picture of the area for FBI | | If there are any, take a picture of the area for FBI | |
| records. | | records. | |
| b. PA performs a body cavity search. A linguist | | b. PA performs a body cavity search. A linguist | |
| will be present to communicate the procedure. | | will be present to communicate the procedure. | |
| 4-11. Dressing/Shackle Exchange (Station 4) | | 4-11. Dressing/Shackle Exchange (Station 4) | |
| a. Kneel the detainee down on the floor or chair; | | a. Kneel the detainee down on the floor or chair; | |
| remove the Air Force leg irons and place them in the | | remove the Air Force leg irons and place them in the | |
| storage box to go back to the Air Force | | storage box to go back to the Air Force | |
| b. Place orange pants and leg shackles from three- | | b. Place orange pants and leg shackles from three- | |
| piece suit on detainee. | | piece suit on detainee. | |
| c. Remove hand irons and place in the storage box. | | c. Remove hand irons and place in the storage box. | |
| d. Put the orange shirt on the detainee while the | | d. Put the orange shirt on the detainee while the | |
|
| MPs have positive control of arms. | | guards have positive control of arms. | |
| e. Place handcuffs from three-piece suit on | | e. Place handcuffs from three-piece suit on | |
| detainee. | | detainee. | |
| 4-12. DNA Sample (Station 5) | | 4-12. DNA Sample (Station 5) | |
|
| MP’s lower surgical mask from detainee, Naval | | Guards lower surgical mask from detainee, Naval | |
| Criminal Investigation Service (NCIS) personnel have | | Criminal Investigation Service (NCIS) personnel have | |
| detainee open mouth and obtain the DNA swab. | | detainee open mouth and obtain the DNA swab. | |
| Replace the surgical mask. | | Replace the surgical mask. | |
|
| 4-13. Height and Weight (Station 6) | | 4-13. Heights and Weight (Station 6) | |
| Using a standard scale and cloth tape measure taped to | | Using a standard scale and cloth tape measure taped to | |
| the wall, measure the detainee and annotate the results | | the wall, measure the detainee and annotate the results | |
| on the weight register and forward to DRS personnel | | on the weight register and forward to DRS personnel | |
| for processing. | | for processing. | |
| 4-14. DRS In-Processing (Station 7) | | 4-14. DRS In-Processing (Station 7) | |
| a. DRS clerks take personal information from | | a. DRS clerks take personal information from | |
| detainee through interpreters. At a minimum, record | | detainee through interpreters. At a minimum, record | |
| the following: | | the following: | |
| (1) Capturing Country | | (1) Capturing Country | |
| | | | |
| | | | |
| skipping to change at line 1235 | | skipping to change at line 1274 | |
| (5) Last Name | | (5) Last Name | |
| (6) First Name | | (6) First Name | |
| (7) Grade | | (7) Grade | |
| (8) Nationality | | (8) Nationality | |
| (9) Sex. | | (9) Sex. | |
| b. JIG representatives may be present and ask | | b. JIG representatives may be present and ask | |
| additional questions that the DRS processors will input | | additional questions that the DRS processors will input | |
| under the Remarks field. | | under the Remarks field. | |
| c. As time permits, gather additional information. | | c. As time permits, gather additional information. | |
| 4-15. ID Wristband/Dossier (Station 8) | | 4-15. ID Wristband/Dossier (Station 8) | |
|
| a. Seat the detainee in front of the blue screen an | | a. Seat the detainee in front of the blue screen a | |
| MP on each side. | | guard on each side. | |
| b. Take a front picture. Hold the detainee in the | | b. Take a front picture. Hold the detainee in the | |
| chair until confirmation of a good picture. | | chair until confirmation of a good picture. | |
| c. Move the detainee to stand in front of the white | | c. Move the detainee to stand in front of the white | |
| screen and take five pictures for the FBI’s image | | screen and take five pictures for the FBI’s image | |
| recognition software. The five pictures are in terms of | | recognition software. The five pictures are in terms of | |
| a clock: 0900, 1000, 1200, 1300, and 1500. | | a clock: 0900, 1000, 1200, 1300, and 1500. | |
| d. Four detainee Dossiers are printed and distributed | | d. Four detainee Dossiers are printed and distributed | |
| as follows: | | as follows: | |
| (1) Used for detainee ID bracelet and ID card | | (1) Used for detainee ID bracelet and ID card | |
| (2) In-processing detainee file | | (2) In-processing detainee file | |
| | | | |
| skipping to change at line 1260 | | skipping to change at line 1299 | |
| front of white screen. Instruct the detainee that if he | | front of white screen. Instruct the detainee that if he | |
| removes the ID bracelet he will not be fed until another | | removes the ID bracelet he will not be fed until another | |
| is made for him | | is made for him | |
| f. Escort handed the detainee ID card. | | f. Escort handed the detainee ID card. | |
| g. Escort gives the ID card to block after placing the | | g. Escort gives the ID card to block after placing the | |
| detainee in his cell. | | detainee in his cell. | |
| 4-16. Fingerprint (Station 9) | | 4-16. Fingerprint (Station 9) | |
| FBI personnel operate the fingerprint station and use | | FBI personnel operate the fingerprint station and use | |
| their automated system and manual system. This | | their automated system and manual system. This | |
| station is required to have handcuff keys. In the event | | station is required to have handcuff keys. In the event | |
|
| the FBI cannot send technicians, MPs will operate the | | the FBI cannot send technicians, guards will operate | |
| station and use the manual fingerprint forms. | | the station and use the manual fingerprint forms. | |
| 4-17. Camp Rules (Station 10) | | 4-17. Camp Rules (Station 10) | |
| a. Post the camp rules in four languages. | | a. Post the camp rules in four languages. | |
| b. If detainee cannot read, provide a linguist to read | | b. If detainee cannot read, provide a linguist to read | |
| the rules to him. | | the rules to him. | |
| c. The goggles are removed and placed in the | | c. The goggles are removed and placed in the | |
| collection can for return to the Air Force | | collection can for return to the Air Force | |
| d. Escort the detainee through the medical section. | | d. Escort the detainee through the medical section. | |
| 4-18. Post Processing | | 4-18. Post Processing | |
| a. Collect and turn over handcuffs, leg irons, | | a. Collect and turn over handcuffs, leg irons, | |
| padlocks, and goggles to the JDOG S-3 Section for | | padlocks, and goggles to the JDOG S-3 Section for | |
| return to the Air Force. | | return to the Air Force. | |
| b. Processing trailer cleaned and sterilized | | b. Processing trailer cleaned and sterilized | |
| 4-19. Reporting | | 4-19. Reporting | |
| a. After securing the detainees in the holding area, a | | a. After securing the detainees in the holding area, a | |
| wheels down report is due to the NDRC. | | wheels down report is due to the NDRC. | |
| b. After processing the last detainee, an Action | | b. After processing the last detainee, an Action | |
|
| Closed Report is due to the NDRC, and perform an | | Closed Report is due to the NDRC along with an | |
| upload, sending all new information to the NDRC. | | upload that will send all new information to the NDRC. | |
| 4-20. Behavior Management Plan | | 4-20. Behavior Management Plan | |
| a. Phase One Behavior Management Plan (First | | a. Phase One Behavior Management Plan (First | |
| thirty days or as directed by JIG). The purpose of the | | thirty days or as directed by JIG). The purpose of the | |
| Behavior Management Plan is to enhance and exploit | | Behavior Management Plan is to enhance and exploit | |
| the disorientation and disorganization felt by a newly | | the disorientation and disorganization felt by a newly | |
| arrived detainee in the interrogation process. It | | arrived detainee in the interrogation process. It | |
| concentrates on isolating the detainee and fostering | | concentrates on isolating the detainee and fostering | |
| dependence of the detainee on his interrogator. During | | dependence of the detainee on his interrogator. During | |
| the first two weeks at Camp Delta, classify the | | the first two weeks at Camp Delta, classify the | |
|
| detainees as Level 5 and house in a Maximum Security | | detainees as Level 5 and house in a Special Housing | |
| Unit (MSU) Block. During this time, the following | | Unit (SHU) Block. During this time, the following | |
| conditions will apply: | | conditions will apply: | |
| (1) Restricted contact: No ICRC or Chaplain | | (1) Restricted contact: No ICRC or Chaplain | |
| contact | | contact | |
| (2) No books or mail privileges | | (2) No books or mail privileges | |
| (3) MREs for all meals. | | (3) MREs for all meals. | |
| (4) Basic comfort items only: | | (4) Basic comfort items only: | |
| (a) ISO Mat | | (a) ISO Mat | |
| (b) One blanket | | (b) One blanket | |
| (c) One towel | | (c) One towel | |
| (d) Toothpaste/finger toothbrush | | (d) Toothpaste/finger toothbrush | |
| (e) One Styrofoam cup | | (e) One Styrofoam cup | |
| (f) Bar of soap | | (f) Bar of soap | |
| (g) Camp Rules | | (g) Camp Rules | |
|
| (h) No Koran, prayer beads, prayer cap. | | (h) Koran | |
| | | (i) No Prayer beads or prayer cap. | |
| (5) Mail writing and delivery will be at the | | (5) Mail writing and delivery will be at the | |
| direction of the J-2. | | direction of the J-2. | |
| b. Phase Two Behavior Management Plan. The | | b. Phase Two Behavior Management Plan. The | |
| two-week period following Phase 1 will continue the | | two-week period following Phase 1 will continue the | |
| process of isolating the detainee and fostering | | process of isolating the detainee and fostering | |
| dependence on the interrogator. Until the JIG | | dependence on the interrogator. Until the JIG | |
| Commander changes his classification, the detainee | | Commander changes his classification, the detainee | |
| will remain a Level 5 with the following: | | will remain a Level 5 with the following: | |
|
| (1) Continued MSU | | (1) Continued SHU | |
| (2) Koran, prayer beads and prayer cap | | (2) Koran, prayer beads and prayer cap | |
| distributed by interrogator | | distributed by interrogator | |
| (3) Contacts decided by interrogator | | (3) Contacts decided by interrogator | |
| (4) Interrogator decides when to move the | | (4) Interrogator decides when to move the | |
| detainee to general population. | | detainee to general population. | |
| | | | |
| Chapter 5 | | Chapter 5 | |
| Detention Facility Operations | | Detention Facility Operations | |
|
| | | Section I – | |
| 5-1. Rules of Engagement (ROE) and Rules for the | | 5-1. Rules of Engagement (ROE) and Rules for the | |
| Use of Force (RUF) | | Use of Force (RUF) | |
| a. References. | | a. References. | |
| (1) CJCSI 3121.01A ROE, DODD 5210.56 RUF, | | (1) CJCSI 3121.01A ROE, DODD 5210.56 RUF, | |
| & USCINCSO SER ONE | | & USCINCSO SER ONE | |
| (2) JTF-GTMO ROE/RUF 30 NOV 02 | | (2) JTF-GTMO ROE/RUF 30 NOV 02 | |
| b. The physical security of U.S. Forces & detainees | | b. The physical security of U.S. Forces & detainees | |
| in U.S. care is paramount. Use the minimum force | | in U.S. care is paramount. Use the minimum force | |
| necessary for mission accomplishment and force | | necessary for mission accomplishment and force | |
| protection. | | protection. | |
| | | | |
| skipping to change at line 1394 | | skipping to change at line 1435 | |
| fence) | | fence) | |
| (7) NO WARNING SHOTS | | (7) NO WARNING SHOTS | |
| (8) Fire to make the person(s) unable to continue | | (8) Fire to make the person(s) unable to continue | |
| the behavior that prompted you to shoot. | | the behavior that prompted you to shoot. | |
| (9) Fire with regard for the safety of innocent | | (9) Fire with regard for the safety of innocent | |
| bystanders. | | bystanders. | |
| (10) A holstered weapon should not be | | (10) A holstered weapon should not be | |
| unholstered unless you expect to use it. | | unholstered unless you expect to use it. | |
| (11) Report the use of force to your chain of | | (11) Report the use of force to your chain of | |
| command. | | command. | |
|
| 5-2. Daily Reports | | 5-2. Oleoresin Capsicum (OC) Use | |
| | | a. The CJDOG, DCJDOG, JDOG S3, CO, PL, or | |
| | | SOG may authorize the use of OC pepper spray to | |
| | | preclude the use of physical force by the IRF | |
| | | Team/Escorts. This will be to control an unruly | |
| | | detainee or detainees; to prevent the commission of a | |
| | | serious offense involving violence and threatening | |
| | | death or serious bodily harm; in self defense; to prevent | |
| | | a detainee from escaping; or to extract an detainee(s) | |
| | | involved in a riot or disturbance. Do not use OC to | |
| | | respond to spitters, urinators, or water throwers. | |
| | | b. Use the current issue Def Tech Mark 4 OC Spray. | |
| | | Administer OC by aiming at the eyes, nose, and Mouth | |
| | | when possible. Use a ½, to 1 second burst from a | |
| | | distance of 36 to 72 inches away. | |
| | | c. If control cannot be achieved after the first | |
| | | application within 30 seconds, subsequent applications | |
| | | of one-second bursts can be applied. It is not necessary | |
| | | to spray just a single detainee as the spray can affect an | |
| | | entire block if the situation requires it, and can be used | |
| | | as a riot control agent. | |
| | | d. The CO, PL, and SOG will carry OC. Certified | |
| | | personnel will only use OC unless directed by the CO. | |
| | | The sprayer will document all OC usage and the | |
| | | incident will be reported to the CO, PL, and JDOG S-3 | |
| | | as soon as possible. When practical the following steps | |
| | | should be followed prior to utilizing OC: | |
| | | (1) In a loud clear voice command the detainee to | |
| | | follow whatever directive was given, when possible | |
| | | have an interpreter present. | |
| | | (2) Allow the detainee time to comply. | |
| | | (3) Warn by standers and guards prior to OC use | |
| | | using a brevity code word or phrase. | |
| | | (4) Once the situation has been declared under | |
| | | control, the detainee will be checked by medical | |
| | | | |
| | | personnel and decontaminated by at a minimum having | |
| | | medical personnel flush their eyes out with water. | |
| | | (5) Have medical personnel again check the | |
| | | detainee for health problems. | |
| | | (6) Once cleared, the detainee should be | |
| | | monitored for two hours after contamination. | |
| | | (7) An IR or SIR will be completed after each | |
| | | spray. | |
| | | (8) Documentation of all OC Sprays, IRF actions | |
| | | and the decontamination process will be done by video | |
| | | and written reports. | |
| | | (9) Once the canister of OC is half-empty, it will | |
| | | be exchanged for a new full canister. | |
| | | e. Decontamination of individuals who are suffering | |
| | | either primary or secondary effects is taken care by | |
| | | flushing the face area with water from a hose. Juliet | |
| | | block and November block also have decontamination | |
| | | stations that can be used. When decontaminant is | |
| | | available, the following procedure will be used: | |
| | | (1) Spray the decontaminant on the affected area | |
| | | with the hairline included in this so it can trap the OC. | |
| | | Do not rub or spray directly into the eyes or mouth. | |
| | | You will see it start to drip and change color as it lifts | |
| | | off the OC. | |
| | | (2) Use the nose to bisect the face. Blot out from | |
| | | the bridge of the nose toward the ears. Do not rub, as | |
| | | this will exfoliate the skin. Use soft absorbent paper | |
| | | towels. This will speed up the process. | |
| | | (3) Flush the eyes with running cool water after | |
| | | cleansing the affected area. If possible, blink the eyes | |
| | | under running water to flush them clean. It may be | |
| | | necessary to do this mechanically using your fingers on | |
| | | lids to open the eyes. Make sure you get the entire area | |
| | | that’s been affected, to avoid recontamination. All you | |
| | | need to do is to get a drop back in the eye to be at | |
| | | square one. | |
| | | (4) If available, use baby shampoo and rinse with | |
| | | cool water to finish off. Repeat steps 1, 2, and 3 as | |
| | | needed. | |
| | | (5) It takes time for the inflammation to subside. | |
| | | Do not use salves, oils or creams as they may trap the | |
| | | OC against the skin. | |
| | | (6) For inhalation effects, move out of the area; | |
| | | blow your nose and face into the wind. Symptoms will | |
| | | stop in a few minutes. | |
| | | Section II – | |
| | | 5-3. Daily Reports | |
| a. Use an incident report when an incident occurs | | a. Use an incident report when an incident occurs | |
| that is not documented by the detainee Discipline or | | that is not documented by the detainee Discipline or | |
| Serious Incident Report. | | Serious Incident Report. | |
| b. Anyone who finds evidence or contraband will | | b. Anyone who finds evidence or contraband will | |
| complete a DA 4137 Evidence/Property Custody | | complete a DA 4137 Evidence/Property Custody | |
| Document to document the chain of custody and turn in | | Document to document the chain of custody and turn in | |
| of evidence or contraband seized at Camp Delta. The | | of evidence or contraband seized at Camp Delta. The | |
| DA 4137 and evidence/contraband will be turned in to | | DA 4137 and evidence/contraband will be turned in to | |
| the Military Police Investigations (MPI) section. The | | the Military Police Investigations (MPI) section. The | |
| MPI section will determine if the items are evidence or | | MPI section will determine if the items are evidence or | |
| | | | |
| skipping to change at line 1422 | | skipping to change at line 1545 | |
| potential evidence include but are not limited to: | | potential evidence include but are not limited to: | |
| (1) Evidence classified as “dangerous | | (1) Evidence classified as “dangerous | |
| contraband” | | contraband” | |
| (2) Videotape of IRF movements or disturbances | | (2) Videotape of IRF movements or disturbances | |
| (3) Evidence seized from a suicide attempt. | | (3) Evidence seized from a suicide attempt. | |
| Examples of potential contraband include but are not | | Examples of potential contraband include but are not | |
| limited to: | | limited to: | |
| (1) Drawings | | (1) Drawings | |
| (2) Modified items of linen | | (2) Modified items of linen | |
| (3) Writing on cups. | | (3) Writing on cups. | |
|
| | | To be disciplined for non-dangerous contraband, the | |
| | | contraband must be concealed in a manner which a | |
| | | guard standing outside the cell can’t see the object. | |
| c. DD Form 508 Report Of/Or Recommendation for | | c. DD Form 508 Report Of/Or Recommendation for | |
| Disciplinary Action is used to recommend and | | Disciplinary Action is used to recommend and | |
| document disciplinary actions taken against a detainee | | document disciplinary actions taken against a detainee | |
| for violations of the rules. The PL will sign his name | | for violations of the rules. The PL will sign his name | |
| in the Confinement Officer block. The JDOG S-3 will | | in the Confinement Officer block. The JDOG S-3 will | |
| sign as the Confinement Officer. | | sign as the Confinement Officer. | |
|
| d. The MP who is reporting the incident will | | d. The guard who is reporting the incident will | |
| complete the DA Form 2823 Sworn Statement. If that | | complete the DA Form 2823 Sworn Statement. If that | |
|
| MP is not available, the SOG will complete the Sworn | | guard is not available, the SOG will complete the | |
| | | Sworn Statement and include the reason for the guard | |
| Statement and include the reason for the guard not | | not completing it in the witness statement. | |
| completing it in the witness statement. | | | |
| e. GTMO Form 509-1 Inspection Record Of | | e. GTMO Form 509-1 Inspection Record Of | |
| Prisoner In Segregation will be utilized to document | | Prisoner In Segregation will be utilized to document | |
|
| welfare checks of detainees who are in a MSU cell. | | welfare checks of detainees who are in a SHU cell. | |
| Conduct checks every 10 minutes and document on | | Conduct checks every 10 minutes and document on | |
| GTMO Form 509-1. | | GTMO Form 509-1. | |
| f. Use the Guard Shift Manning Roster to assign | | f. Use the Guard Shift Manning Roster to assign | |
| guards to duty positions. | | guards to duty positions. | |
| g. Detainee Tracking Log is used to track detainee | | g. Detainee Tracking Log is used to track detainee | |
|
| refusals (chow, recreation, showers, etc) and travels | | refusals (chow, exercise, showers, etc) and travels with | |
| with the detainee when he makes a permanent move. | | the detainee when he makes a permanent move. | |
| Detainee Discipline Logs are used to track detainee | | h. Detainee Discipline Logs are used to track | |
| discipline infractions and document this on the | | detainee discipline infractions and document this on the | |
| discipline log. The block discipline log travels with the | | discipline log. The block discipline log travels with the | |
| detainee when he makes a permanent move. | | detainee when he makes a permanent move. | |
|
| Headcount Form is used to document results of | | i. Headcount Form is used to document results of | |
| headcounts. | | headcounts. | |
|
| h. Supply Request Form is used to request supplies | | j. Supply Request Form is used to request supplies | |
| from JDOG S-4. It will be picked up each day. | | from JDOG S-4 or the supply room. It will be picked | |
| i. Significant Activities Sheet is used to track | | up each shift by the SOG if coming from the blocks or | |
| | | sally ports and turned in to the supply room. The DOC | |
| | | will turn theirs into the supply room. | |
| | | | |
| | | k. Significant Activities Sheet is used to track | |
| significant activities in blocks for JDOG S-2. JDOG S- | | significant activities in blocks for JDOG S-2. JDOG S- | |
| 2 picks it up each day. | | 2 picks it up each day. | |
|
| j. MSU Block Log is used for tracking placement | | l. SHU Block Log is used for tracking placement of | |
| of detainees in Maximum Security Units. | | detainees in Special Housing Units. | |
| k. ID Band or Card Request is used to request new | | m.ID Band or Card Request is used to request new | |
| ID bands or Cards from medical processing. The DOC | | ID bands or Cards from medical processing. The DOC | |
| admin NCO will furnish it to JDOG S-1. | | admin NCO will furnish it to JDOG S-1. | |
|
| l. Movement Log is used to record all permanent | | n. Movement Log is used to record all permanent | |
| movements of detainees. | | movements of detainees. | |
|
| m.ICRC Tracking Sheet is a tracking sheet for | | o. ICRC Tracking Sheet is a tracking sheet for | |
| ICRC escorts. | | ICRC escorts. | |
|
| n. Medical Escort Tracking Sheet is used for | | p. Medical Escort Tracking Sheet is used for | |
| tracking Medical escorts. | | tracking Medical escorts. | |
|
| o. Reservation Tracking Sheet is used to track JIIF | | q. Reservation Tracking Sheet is used to track JIIF | |
| escorts. | | escorts. | |
|
| p. Detainee Medical Request is used to pass on | | r. Detainee Medical Request is used to pass on | |
| detainee non-urgent or emergency medical requests to | | detainee non-urgent or emergency medical requests to | |
| Medical. | | Medical. | |
|
| q. DA 1594 Daily Staff Journal or Duty Officer’s | | s. DA 1594 Daily Staff Journal or Duty Officer’s | |
| Log will be used by each shift to document daily | | Log will be used by each shift to document daily | |
| activity. The journal will at a minimum document | | activity. The journal will at a minimum document | |
| chow arrival times, headcount times and results, prayer | | chow arrival times, headcount times and results, prayer | |
| call times, detainee requests to see JTF-GTMO, | | call times, detainee requests to see JTF-GTMO, | |
| detainee movements and other significant operational | | detainee movements and other significant operational | |
| activities. | | activities. | |
|
| r.Visitor’s Logbook will contain the following | | t. Visitor’s Logbook will contain the following | |
| information | | information | |
| (1) Name | | (1) Name | |
| (2) Rank of visitor | | (2) Rank of visitor | |
| (3) Organization | | (3) Organization | |
| (4) Escort Name | | (4) Escort Name | |
| (5) Rank and Organization | | (5) Rank and Organization | |
| (6) Date/Time In | | (6) Date/Time In | |
| (7) Date/Time Out | | (7) Date/Time Out | |
|
| (8) ID of Block Guard entering data. | | (8) ID of guard entering data. | |
| s. Serious Incident Report (SIR) is used to report | | u. Serious Incident Report (SIR) is used to report | |
| serious incidents or disturbances. | | serious incidents or disturbances. | |
|
| t. DA 3997 Military Police Desk Blotter will be | | v. DA 3997 Military Police Desk Blotter will be | |
| used in the DOC to track daily activity in the camp. At | | used in the DOC to track daily activity in the camp. At | |
| a minimum, it will be used to track detainees at the | | a minimum, it will be used to track detainees at the | |
| hospital, JIIF escorts, everything that happens in the | | hospital, JIIF escorts, everything that happens in the | |
| camp including contractor activities. | | camp including contractor activities. | |
|
| t. The CO will use the Company Commander | | w. The CO will use the Company Commander | |
| Checklist to perform checks during the shift. | | Checklist to perform checks during the shift. | |
|
| u. The CO will complete the End of Shift AAR at | | x. The CO will complete the End of Shift AAR at | |
| the end of every shift. | | the end of every shift. | |
|
| v. CD-S319, Observation of Self-Injurious Behavior | | y. CD-S319, Observation of Self-Injurious Behavior | |
| Form; will be used to record observations of detainees | | Form; will be used to record observations of detainees | |
| on self-harm watch. Document the activity of the | | on self-harm watch. Document the activity of the | |
| detainee every 15 minutes on this form. | | detainee every 15 minutes on this form. | |
|
| 5-3. Camp Rules Each detainee will be given the | | 5-5. Incident Reports (IR) | |
| opportunity to read the Camp Rules in their native | | | |
| language. The current Camp Rules are at Figure 5-1. | | | |
| 5-4. Incident Reports (IR) | | | |
| a. An IR will be used when an incident occurs that | | a. An IR will be used when an incident occurs that | |
| is not documented via DD Form 508 or Serious | | is not documented via DD Form 508 or Serious | |
| Incident Report (SIR) documentation. Required format | | Incident Report (SIR) documentation. Required format | |
|
| for IR is at Figure 5-2. IR control numbers will be | | for IR is at Figure 5-2. Detention Services Branch will | |
| assigned by Detention Services Branch. Examples of | | assign IR control numbers. Examples of incidents | |
| incidents requiring incident reports include, but are not | | requiring incident reports include, but are not limited | |
| limited to: | | to: | |
| (1) Lost Key reporting. | | (1) Lost Key reporting. | |
| (2) Occupational accident | | (2) Occupational accident | |
| (3) To document an incident that requires more | | (3) To document an incident that requires more | |
| documentation than a log entry or daily journal entry. | | documentation than a log entry or daily journal entry. | |
| (Example- large disturbance with no discipline | | (Example- large disturbance with no discipline | |
| measure taken to provide documentation.) | | measure taken to provide documentation.) | |
| b. Incident Reports will be completed and turned in | | b. Incident Reports will be completed and turned in | |
| by end of shift with the supporting paperwork by the | | by end of shift with the supporting paperwork by the | |
| CO. | | CO. | |
| c. Incident Reports will be briefed at CO Change of | | c. Incident Reports will be briefed at CO Change of | |
| Shift brief. | | Shift brief. | |
|
| 5-5. SPOT Reports (SPOTREP) | | 5-6. SPOT Reports (SPOTREP) | |
| a. A SPOTREP will be completed and sent to the | | a. A SPOTREP will be completed and sent to the | |
| JOC Watch Officer (cc to designated individuals) | | JOC Watch Officer (cc to designated individuals) | |
| within 30 minutes of end of incident listed on the | | within 30 minutes of end of incident listed on the | |
| notification matrix. Required format for the SPOTREP | | notification matrix. Required format for the SPOTREP | |
| is at Figure 5-3. | | is at Figure 5-3. | |
| b. A SPOTREP will be sent to JDOG S3 for any | | b. A SPOTREP will be sent to JDOG S3 for any | |
| contraband found in a detainee area such as a cell or | | contraband found in a detainee area such as a cell or | |
| shower. | | shower. | |
| A follow-up SPOTREP with additional detail will be | | A follow-up SPOTREP with additional detail will be | |
| sent up within 2 hours if necessary. | | sent up within 2 hours if necessary. | |
| d. The method of transmission will be as follows: | | d. The method of transmission will be as follows: | |
| (1) Priority Means is SIPRNET e-mail | | (1) Priority Means is SIPRNET e-mail | |
| (2) Secondary Means is Secure Telephone Unit | | (2) Secondary Means is Secure Telephone Unit | |
| (STU) | | (STU) | |
| (3) Tertiary Means is Runner/courier. | | (3) Tertiary Means is Runner/courier. | |
|
| | | 5-7. Serious Incident Reports (SIR) | |
| 5-6. Serious Incident Reports (SIR) | | | |
| a. The Serious Incident Report (SIR) will be used | | a. The Serious Incident Report (SIR) will be used | |
| for an incident that requires the use of force such as a | | for an incident that requires the use of force such as a | |
| cell extraction using the IRF Team. A SIR should also | | cell extraction using the IRF Team. A SIR should also | |
| be used on any incident that is classified as an attempt | | be used on any incident that is classified as an attempt | |
| self harm by a detainee, especially when it will be as | | self harm by a detainee, especially when it will be as | |
| justification for taking some type of action against the | | justification for taking some type of action against the | |
|
| detainee (move to MSU, removing items he could kill | | detainee (move to SHU, removing items he could kill | |
| himself with, etc.) | | himself with, etc.) | |
| b. The CO will complete the SIR, using the format | | b. The CO will complete the SIR, using the format | |
| at Figure 5-4. Once it is completed, forward the SIR to | | at Figure 5-4. Once it is completed, forward the SIR to | |
| JDOG S3. It will then be forwarded to JDOG and JTF- | | JDOG S3. It will then be forwarded to JDOG and JTF- | |
| GTMO. Utilize the floppy disk in the DOC to save the | | GTMO. Utilize the floppy disk in the DOC to save the | |
| SIR by date. Do not save over the template. A | | SIR by date. Do not save over the template. A | |
| template for the SIR is saved on a disk located in the | | template for the SIR is saved on a disk located in the | |
| DOC, titled “SIR”. Double click on the file and it will | | DOC, titled “SIR”. Double click on the file and it will | |
| open up to a template. Tab from gray box to gray box, | | open up to a template. Tab from gray box to gray box, | |
| filling in the required information. In the “Summary of | | filling in the required information. In the “Summary of | |
| Incident” are, include who, what, when, where, why, | | Incident” are, include who, what, when, where, why, | |
| and how information. | | and how information. | |
|
| 5-7. Discipline Records | | 5-8. Discipline Records | |
| | | | |
| a. In addition to Daily Staff Journal and Pass on | | a. In addition to Daily Staff Journal and Pass on | |
| Book entries, DA Form 2823 and DD Form 508 are the | | Book entries, DA Form 2823 and DD Form 508 are the | |
| forms used to recommend and document disciplinary | | forms used to recommend and document disciplinary | |
| actions taken against a detainee for violations of the | | actions taken against a detainee for violations of the | |
| rules. The forms will be used to document any | | rules. The forms will be used to document any | |
| instances in which a detainee is disciplined. | | instances in which a detainee is disciplined. | |
| b. A copy of DD Form 508 will be kept at the DOC. | | b. A copy of DD Form 508 will be kept at the DOC. | |
| Another copy will be placed in the detainee Alpha | | Another copy will be placed in the detainee Alpha | |
| Roster Binder, which is kept on the block of that | | Roster Binder, which is kept on the block of that | |
| particular detainee. | | particular detainee. | |
|
| 5-8. Guard Mount | | Section III – | |
| a. SOGs will arrive 45 minutes prior to shift change | | 5-9. Guard Mount | |
| to speak with the off going SOG on any relevant | | a. SOGs will arrive 1 hour prior to shift change to | |
| | | speak with the off going SOG on any relevant | |
| information relating to the shift. | | information relating to the shift. | |
| b. Guard Mount will be conducted 30 minutes prior | | b. Guard Mount will be conducted 30 minutes prior | |
| to shift change. The oncoming SOGs will be | | to shift change. The oncoming SOGs will be | |
| responsible for holding Guard Mount for their | | responsible for holding Guard Mount for their | |
| prospective camp. | | prospective camp. | |
|
| c. SOGs should ensure that all personnel know and | | c. Companies that are coming on duty must arrive | |
| | | 45 minutes prior to start of the shift. The SOG for each | |
| | | camp will bring 1 additional soldier from their | |
| | | respective unit over and above the required amount of | |
| | | soldiers to run the shift. | |
| | | d. The SOG will conduct Guard Mount with the | |
| | | following: | |
| | | (1) Open ranks uniform and equipment | |
| | | inspection. | |
| | | (2) Brief the troops on any changes to policy and | |
| | | procedures and any information relevant to the | |
| | | performance of their duties. | |
| | | (3) Ensure that all personnel know and | |
| understand where they are going to be working and | | understand where they are going to be working and | |
| what they will be doing. | | what they will be doing. | |
|
| d. During the Guard Mount formation, the soldiers | | (4) Brief the Initial Reaction Force (IRF) | |
| will receive any specific changes relating to their shift. | | activation word and the Visual Duress Sign of the day | |
| e. The Immediate Reaction Force (IRF) word of the | | for both the primary and alternate teams. | |
| day will also be put out during guard mount both the | | e. Upon completion of Guard Mount, SOG will | |
| primary and alternate teams. | | announce the name of the soldier who performed the | |
| 5-9. Change of Shift Procedures | | best during Guard Mount, have the soldier come up in | |
| | | front of the formation and then release the soldier for | |
| | | the rest of the day. | |
| | | f. Upon completing paragraph 5-8e above, the SOG | |
| | | will then supply the extra soldier that was brought with | |
| | | the company and place him/her in the position vacated | |
| | | by the “SUPERNUMERY” that was given the day off. | |
| | | 5-10. Change of Shift Procedures | |
| a. Duty position relief will be conducted by relief-in | | a. Duty position relief will be conducted by relief-in | |
| place. It is imperative that outgoing personnel remain | | place. It is imperative that outgoing personnel remain | |
| at their position until relieved by incoming personnel. | | at their position until relieved by incoming personnel. | |
| This insures that no detainees or posts are ever left | | This insures that no detainees or posts are ever left | |
| unmonitored. | | unmonitored. | |
| b. Oncoming SOGs will ensure that manning rosters | | b. Oncoming SOGs will ensure that manning rosters | |
| are filled out and that personnel are accounted for | | are filled out and that personnel are accounted for | |
| during the guard mount formation. The SOG will also | | during the guard mount formation. The SOG will also | |
| speak with the outgoing SOG on any relevant issues | | speak with the outgoing SOG on any relevant issues | |
| that may have or will occur during the past or present | | that may have or will occur during the past or present | |
| | | | |
| skipping to change at line 1640 | | skipping to change at line 1786 | |
| back in or signed out items. If there are any | | back in or signed out items. If there are any | |
| discrepancies, the SOG will correct the problem. Once | | discrepancies, the SOG will correct the problem. Once | |
| all on-coming personnel sign for items and relieve all | | all on-coming personnel sign for items and relieve all | |
| positions, the on-coming SOG will then relieve the off- | | positions, the on-coming SOG will then relieve the off- | |
| going SOG. Once the off-going SOG has been | | going SOG. Once the off-going SOG has been | |
| relieved, he/she will then release all other off-going | | relieved, he/she will then release all other off-going | |
| personnel. The DOC RTO will begin duty log and will | | personnel. The DOC RTO will begin duty log and will | |
| conduct radio checks with all positions. Once the radio | | conduct radio checks with all positions. Once the radio | |
| checks are complete, the Admin NCO will notify the | | checks are complete, the Admin NCO will notify the | |
| PL. | | PL. | |
|
| 5-10. Oleoresin Capsicum (OC) Use | | 5-11. Equipment Chit System | |
| a. The CJDOG, DCJDOG, JDOG S3, CO, PL, or | | a. Each post that has equipment will have a | |
| SOG may authorize the use of OC pepper spray to | | corresponding chit, a wooden block with the identity of | |
| preclude the use of physical force by the IRF | | the post. | |
| Team/Escorts. This will be to control an unruly | | b. Since all equipment is now located at the blocks, | |
| detainee or detainees; to prevent the commission of a | | the chit will be given to the oncoming shift personnel | |
| serious offense involving violence and threatening | | for each post. | |
| death or serious bodily harm; in self defense; to prevent | | c. The oncoming post personnel, upon arrival at | |
| | | their post, will inventory all equipment in addition to | |
| | | all other change of shift activities. | |
| | | | |
|
| a detainee from escaping; or to extract an detainee(s) | | d. If all items are fully accounted for, the on-coming | |
| involved in a riot or disturbance. Do not use OC to | | shift individual will give the off-going shift personnel | |
| respond to spitters or urinators. | | the chit. | |
| b. Use the current issue Def Tech Mark 4 OC Spray. | | e. If all items are not accounted for, the off-going | |
| Administer OC by aiming at the eyes, nose, and Mouth | | shift personnel will be responsible for locating the | |
| when possible. Use a ½, to 1 second burst from a | | items or will have statement of charges prepared to | |
| distance of 36 to 72 inches away. | | replace the missing property item. The only way an | |
| c. If control cannot be achieved after the first | | item may be accounted for is the following: | |
| application within 30 seconds, subsequent applications | | (1) The item is physically present at the location | |
| of one-second bursts can be applied. It is not necessary | | (2) There is a DA 2062 for the turn-in of an | |
| to spray just a single detainee as the spray can affect an | | inoperable item. | |
| entire block if the situation requires it, and can be used | | f. Once all chits are turned in to the off-going PL, | |
| as a riot control agent. | | he knows all positions have conducted a change of | |
| d. The CO, PL, and SOG will carry OC. Certified | | shift. If a chit is missing, the identity of the missing | |
| personnel will only use OC unless directed by the CO. | | chit will identify to the PL where any change of shift | |
| The sprayer will document all OC usage and the | | problems are occurring. | |
| incident will be reported to the CO, PL, and JDOG S-3 | | g. If there is a location where a problem is | |
| as soon as possible. When practical the following steps | | occurring, the PL or the SOG will go to the location in | |
| should be followed prior to utilizing OC: | | the attempt to resolve the issue. | |
| (1) In a loud clear voice command the detainee to | | h. The following positions will have a chit for shift | |
| follow whatever directive was given, when possible | | change: | |
| have an interpreter present. | | (1) Blocks | |
| (2) Allow the detainee time to comply. | | (2) Sally ports | |
| (3) Warn by standers and Block Guard s prior to | | (3) SOGs | |
| OC use using a brevity code word or phrase. | | (4) PLs. | |
| (4) Once the situation has been declared under | | i. Camp 4, Camp Echo, Delta Block, Camp Iguana, | |
| control, the detainee will be checked by medical | | DOC, and EC will also have a chit for their locations. | |
| personnel and decontaminated by at a minimum having | | j. It is the NCO or senior person at the post | |
| medical personnel flush their eyes out with water. | | responsibility to ensure all property that is assigned to | |
| (5) Have medical personnel again check the | | that post remains at the post. No property may leave | |
| detainee for health problems. | | without the proper paperwork. The senior person | |
| (6) Once cleared, the detainee should be | | assigned to the post with missing items will be held | |
| monitored for two hours after contamination. | | accountable for any missing undocumented items. | |
| (7) An IR or SIR will be completed after each | | k. Off-going personnel may not leave their post | |
| spray. | | until the chit is turned over by on-coming personnel. | |
| (8) Documentation of all OC Sprays, IRF actions | | Section IV – | |
| and the decontamination process will be done by video | | 5-12. DOC Operations | |
| and written reports. | | a. The PL and SOGs are responsible for ensuring | |
| (9) Once the canister of OC is half-empty, it will | | the completeness and accuracy of all paperwork | |
| be exchanged for a new full canister. | | submitted to the DOC. Either the SOG or PL shall not | |
| 5-11. Public Address System | | give the DOC any paperwork from the block that has | |
| | | not been reviewed. | |
| | | b. The DOC is responsible for ensuring the tracking | |
| | | board is properly updated in a timely manner. | |
| | | c. The DOC is responsible for ensuring automated | |
| | | data systems are updated accurately and completely in | |
| | | a timely manner. DOC crews need to correct their own | |
| | | mistakes when found. | |
| | | d. The midnight DOC crew will finish all work that | |
| | | is started on day shift and unable to complete due to | |
| | | activity on day shift. | |
| | | e. It is day shift’s responsibility to list any work that | |
| | | is to be completed by midnight shift on the board, brief | |
| | | the PL and/or CO along with midnight shift during | |
| | | shift change. | |
| | | f. DOC shift change will occur at a minimum of 30 | |
| | | minutes prior to the shift change time. On-coming and | |
| | | outgoing crews will stay in the DOC until changeover | |
| | | is complete. | |
| | | g. A headcount will be conducted at the start of | |
| | | each guard shift. The DOC will then call for an | |
| | | additional three randomly timed headcounts throughout | |
| | | the guard shift. The most amount of time between | |
| | | headcounts can be three hours. | |
| | | h. DOC will update R&U with a list of inoperable | |
| | | cells and reason why NLT 1200 hrs each day. | |
| | | 5-13. Public Address System | |
| a. The Public Address system is to be used to play | | a. The Public Address system is to be used to play | |
| the call to prayer to all blocks and for emergency uses | | the call to prayer to all blocks and for emergency uses | |
| only. The emergency status is to be determined by the | | only. The emergency status is to be determined by the | |
| CO, SOG, PL, or JDOG S-3. | | CO, SOG, PL, or JDOG S-3. | |
| b. Before any announcement to the detainees is | | b. Before any announcement to the detainees is | |
| made, the script to be read must be submitted to JDOG | | made, the script to be read must be submitted to JDOG | |
| for approval. | | for approval. | |
|
| 5-12. Radio Discipline | | 5-14. Radio Discipline | |
| a. All soldiers who are issued radios will use | | a. All soldiers who are issued radios will use | |
| “Common Language” on the radio net. All radio traffic | | “Common Language” on the radio net. All radio traffic | |
| broadcast will be in a calm clear voice. All non- | | broadcast will be in a calm clear voice. All non- | |
| emergency transmissions will wait until the net is clear, | | emergency transmissions will wait until the net is clear, | |
| prior to broadcasting. All transmissions will be | | prior to broadcasting. All transmissions will be | |
| professional and respectful. No sarcastic or insulting | | professional and respectful. No sarcastic or insulting | |
| language or sounds will be broadcast. | | language or sounds will be broadcast. | |
| b. In the event of an emergency a predetermined | | b. In the event of an emergency a predetermined | |
| code word will be broadcast, the DOC will repeat this | | code word will be broadcast, the DOC will repeat this | |
| code word, and this will clear all traffic from the net. | | code word, and this will clear all traffic from the net. | |
| Only the DOC and the unit sending the transmission | | Only the DOC and the unit sending the transmission | |
| will broadcast. The DOC will rebroadcast any | | will broadcast. The DOC will rebroadcast any | |
| information, to include dispatching any needed | | information, to include dispatching any needed | |
| personnel. All non-essential radio traffic either will | | personnel. All non-essential radio traffic either will | |
| hold or will be sent via a landline. | | hold or will be sent via a landline. | |
| c. After the emergency has passed, the DOC will | | c. After the emergency has passed, the DOC will | |
| broadcast the “All Clear” and normal radio traffic will | | broadcast the “All Clear” and normal radio traffic will | |
| continue. | | continue. | |
| d. Only English will be used at any time, on the Net. | | d. Only English will be used at any time, on the Net. | |
|
| e. It is up to the Soldier issued the radio to monitor | | e. It is up to the soldier issued the radio to monitor | |
| the radio at all times, it will be the responsibility of that | | the radio at all times, it will be the responsibility of that | |
| individual to use the radio correctly. | | individual to use the radio correctly. | |
|
| 5-13. Equipment Chit System | | f. When giving medical problems over the radio, | |
| a. All equipment signed out by a Block Guard | | state the symptoms unless a qualified medical person | |
| /Block NCO will use a chit system where an ID card | | gives you the diagnosis. | |
| will be used for entry into the site, that card will then | | 5-15. Building Maintenance | |
| be exchanged for the signed out items. In the case of | | a. The DOC midnight crew is responsible to ensure | |
| multiple items, i.e. keys, radio, shackles, nail clipper, | | the DOC is cleaned daily. Escort Control will task | |
| all will be listed on a sign out roster, and the ID is left. | | escort teams to do the following tasks: | |
| The sign-out/chit will be checked prior to end of shift. | | (1) Empty all trash cans in the building and | |
| b. The ID will be checked prior to entry and exit of | | replace the garbage bags. | |
| site. | | (2) Sweep and mop the hallways, bathrooms, and | |
| 5-14. Evidence and Contraband Procedures | | kitchen. | |
| | | | |
| | | b. The DOC will request all building supplies | |
| | | through the Detention Services Branch required for the | |
| | | DOC that are not already stocked in the supply room. | |
| | | c. The DOC will submit all work orders for the | |
| | | building. | |
| | | d. Camp 2 SOG and PL are responsible for the | |
| | | cleanliness of the room 7 in building 7. | |
| | | e. Camp 4 SOG is responsible for the cleanliness of | |
| | | the Camp 4 administration office and the Tower | |
| | | Operations Center. | |
| | | 5-16. Video Camera Operations | |
| | | a. At the beginning of the shift, the designate | |
| | | camera operator in the DOC will check the following | |
| | | items: | |
| | | (1) Ensure all equipment is readily available and | |
| | | where it is located. | |
| | | (2) Check to ensure the camera battery is | |
| | | recharging. | |
| | | (3) Check the amount of battery time. | |
| | | (4) Check for at least two blank DVD-Rs / tapes. | |
| | | (5) Check DVD / tape in the camera as to | |
| | | whether it contains training IRFs or actual IRFs. | |
| | | (6) Check to ensure training IRF DVDs / tapes | |
| | | are marked as training. | |
| | | b. Prior to leaving the DOC to tape an incident, the | |
| | | operator will perform the following actions: | |
| | | (1) Check the battery charge level. If less than 30 | |
| | | minutes, take the power cord in addition to the camera | |
| | | so it can be plugged in at the location. | |
| | | (2) Take two blank DVDs or tapes | |
| | | (3) Check to see that a non-training DVD / tape is | |
| | | in the camera. | |
| | | (4) If the event will be in an environment with | |
| | | water that could damage the camera, take the clear | |
| | | watertight box to protect the camera. | |
| | | (5) If the event is not an IRF, verify who to | |
| | | report to and where to report. | |
| | | c. When reporting to the scene, the camera operator | |
| | | is part of the team. The video shot by the camera | |
| | | operator is record an unbiased view of the incident for | |
| | | others to review. These others can give you guidance | |
| | | as to specific items to record on video. These other | |
| | | individuals could include the following: | |
| | | (1) JDOG Staff | |
| | | (2) CO | |
| | | (3) PL | |
| | | (4) SOG | |
| | | (5) Military Police Investigator, Forensic | |
| | | personnel | |
| | | (6) Guards | |
| | | (7) Fire Dept | |
| | | (8) Medics | |
| | | (9) Interpreters. | |
| | | d. If forensic personnel are in attendance, report to | |
| | | their senior officer and follow his directions at all | |
| | | times. If they are on their way, wait for their arrival | |
| | | unless common sense and circumstances dictate earlier | |
| | | action. | |
| | | e. Unless the scene is still being created, e.g. fire | |
| | | burning, offense still in progress, etc. Do not just take | |
| | | out camera and start shooting. Instead stop and think | |
| | | about what you’re going to do. Get a good and | |
| | | accurate concept of the scene and its history such as | |
| | | how did the scene or crime unfold, what are its | |
| | | boundaries, why is the detainee out of his cell, is there | |
| | | more than one detainee involved, etc. | |
| | | f. Make written notes in an official notebook | |
| | | showing: | |
| | | (1) Time & date of arrival. | |
| | | (2) Location details. | |
| | | (3) Victim details (name, etc.) | |
| | | (4) Names of other team members. | |
| | | (5) Times of new events. | |
| | | (6) Brief details of these events. | |
| | | g. Plan how you will record your evidence, using a | |
| | | systematic approach. | |
| | | (1) Is it safe to enter scene - is it booby trapped, | |
| | | etc. etc.? | |
| | | (2) Am I appropriately dressed - Kevlar, BDUs, | |
| | | boots, glove, etc.? | |
| | | (3) Which way in (and out) - liaise with O.I.C. | |
| | | Forensic? | |
| | | (4) Always use the agreed safety route into and | |
| | | out of the scene. | |
| | | h. At the scene, watch for and take care not to | |
| | | disturb: | |
| | | (1) Shoe impressions | |
| | | (2) Blood | |
| | | (3) Fibers | |
| | | (4) Fingerprints | |
| | | (5) Clothing | |
| | | (6) Bedding | |
| | | (7) Debris | |
| | | (8) Objects with potential evidential value. | |
| | | i. Do not be sidetracked into other tasks by | |
| | | investigators without first consulting with the OIC of | |
| | | the scene. Unless urgent, finish off your systematic | |
| | | evidence gathering run before being diverted to other | |
| | | tasks. This includes the note taking process. | |
| | | j. The following are some camera techniques to | |
| | | use: | |
| | | (1) Check lighting, is it daylight, artificial or a | |
| | | mixture? | |
| | | (2) Should the scene be lit - if so how? | |
| | | (3) Every shot is important - shoot it as if it is the | |
| | | most important of the series. | |
| | | (4) Take your time and plan your pan, don't chase | |
| | | focus or the subject. | |
| | | (5) Don't scrub the scene by panning side to side | |
| | | or up and down. One clean sweep is much more | |
| | | professional. | |
| | | | |
| | | (6) Before zooming to close up during a take, | |
| | | zoom, focus and pull back first and then do the take. | |
| | | This will avoid the awful spectacle of zooming out of | |
| | | focus. | |
| | | (7) Always take an exterior General View (GV) | |
| | | or 'establisher' shot of the block, building, exercise | |
| | | yard, etc. This will leave no doubt as to where the | |
| | | scene is located. | |
| | | (8) Before or after showing a Big Close Up of an | |
| | | object, do a long shot or mid shot of it to establish its | |
| | | location in relation to other parts of the scene. | |
| | | (9) When covering a long narrow section of a | |
| | | scene such as a hallway or the walkway of a tier, | |
| | | consider a slow zoom from a single location and | |
| | | pulling focus if necessary; rather than clumsily walking | |
| | | along it (Dolly Shot) with the inevitable, disconcerting | |
| | | sway and judder. | |
| | | (10) If perspective has to change (i.e. you have to | |
| | | see behind objects or demonstrate their separation from | |
| | | each other), then use of a "Dolly Shot" may be | |
| | | unavoidable. In this case use the lens at its widest | |
| | | possible angle (to minimize sway and judder) and | |
| | | move as smoothly as possible. Again plan your shot - | |
| | | route - focusing points - etc., before moving off. | |
| | | (11) In small rooms or spaces (toilets, bathrooms, | |
| | | caves, etc.) use of a high camera angle from a corner | |
| | | will give the maximum coverage of the area. | |
| | | (12) High camera angles are also useful when | |
| | | separation of objects on similar plains is required. | |
| | | (13) Aim for quality, not quantity! A lot of | |
| | | ground can be covered with a few well-planned shots. | |
| | | Unnecessarily repeating or prolonging shots will only | |
| | | bore or confuse, and won't enhance the evidential value | |
| | | of the video. | |
| | | (14) Think like an editor as you shoot! Let | |
| | | technique master technology; don't let technology | |
| | | become your master. The best equipment in the world | |
| | | will never replace creativity and reasoning. | |
| | | 5-16a. Combat Camera | |
| | | a. Combat Camera will have full access to all Camp | |
| | | Delta facilities, both inside and outside the wire. | |
| | | b. Combat Camera personnel do not require any | |
| | | type of escort. | |
| | | c. Combat Camera will be allowed to bring their | |
| | | photography equipment into the wire and to any | |
| | | location that their mission requires them to be at. | |
| | | d. Combat Camera can photograph Camp Delta and | |
| | | related facilities from outside of the wire. | |
| | | Section V – | |
| | | 5-17. Evidence and Contraband Procedures | |
| a. Evidence is items taken after an actual injury or | | a. Evidence is items taken after an actual injury or | |
| death. Contraband is items taken during searches that | | death. Contraband is items taken during searches that | |
| have not led to injury or death. | | have not led to injury or death. | |
| b. All evidence and contraband that is acquired be | | b. All evidence and contraband that is acquired be | |
| logged on a DA Form 4137 IAW AR 195-5. Entries | | logged on a DA Form 4137 IAW AR 195-5. Entries | |
| should be typed or printed legibly in black ink. The | | should be typed or printed legibly in black ink. The | |
| original copy goes to the Evidence Custodian (EC). | | original copy goes to the Evidence Custodian (EC). | |
| Complete the administrative section of the custody | | Complete the administrative section of the custody | |
| document, stating clearly how the evidence was | | document, stating clearly how the evidence was | |
| obtained. In the Description of Articles section, | | obtained. In the Description of Articles section, | |
| | | | |
| skipping to change at line 1772 | | skipping to change at line 2108 | |
| appropriate copies. The importance of keeping | | appropriate copies. The importance of keeping | |
| accurate and complete custody documents cannot be | | accurate and complete custody documents cannot be | |
| overemphasized. | | overemphasized. | |
| e. Anything that is NOT an issue item to a detainee | | e. Anything that is NOT an issue item to a detainee | |
| is to be considered contraband and will be collected | | is to be considered contraband and will be collected | |
| along with any item that is on the prohibited items list | | along with any item that is on the prohibited items list | |
| contained in section 1-8g. All collected items will be | | contained in section 1-8g. All collected items will be | |
| turned into the Evidence Custodian along with a sworn | | turned into the Evidence Custodian along with a sworn | |
| statement about the discovery of the item(s). | | statement about the discovery of the item(s). | |
| f. In the event of an incident involving death, | | f. In the event of an incident involving death, | |
|
| serious bodily harm, and rape of any person inside | | serious bodily harm, rape of any person, or crime | |
| camp delta including detainees. The Military Police | | inside Camp Delta including detainees. The guards | |
| working in the facility will notify the CO immediately | | working in the facility will notify the CO immediately | |
| after the situation is controlled. | | after the situation is controlled. | |
| g. It is the responsibility of the CO to notify the | | g. It is the responsibility of the CO to notify the | |
| JDOG S-3 of the incident | | JDOG S-3 of the incident | |
| h. The JDOG will dispatch an appointed, school | | h. The JDOG will dispatch an appointed, school | |
| trained, MPI to the scene. It is the responsibility of the | | trained, MPI to the scene. It is the responsibility of the | |
| MPI to secure the scene upon arrival. The MPI will | | MPI to secure the scene upon arrival. The MPI will | |
| ensure that the crime scene and the evidence is neither | | ensure that the crime scene and the evidence is neither | |
| contaminated nor destroyed, IAW AR 195-5, AR 190- | | contaminated nor destroyed, IAW AR 195-5, AR 190- | |
| 30, and AR 195-2. The JDOG will immediately notify | | 30, and AR 195-2. The JDOG will immediately notify | |
| | | | |
| skipping to change at line 1813 | | skipping to change at line 2150 | |
| material, it will be turned back over to the Evidence | | material, it will be turned back over to the Evidence | |
| Custodian. | | Custodian. | |
| o. Photograph and turn in all damaged self-harm | | o. Photograph and turn in all damaged self-harm | |
| blankets and smocks to the JDOG S4 except when the | | blankets and smocks to the JDOG S4 except when the | |
| item was used in a suicide or near-suicide. | | item was used in a suicide or near-suicide. | |
| p. The Evidence Custodian will forward a copy of | | p. The Evidence Custodian will forward a copy of | |
| the DA 4137 to the JDOG S4 for all semi-durable | | the DA 4137 to the JDOG S4 for all semi-durable | |
| goods that are confiscated for evidence. All damaged | | goods that are confiscated for evidence. All damaged | |
| items that are not evidence will be sent to the JDOG S4 | | items that are not evidence will be sent to the JDOG S4 | |
| for disposition. | | for disposition. | |
|
| 5-15. Investigations | | q. Any ISO mat that is no longer needed for MPI | |
| | | incidents and is dirty, will be rolled up, placed inside a | |
| | | garbage bag and then placed in the dirty laundry bin for | |
| | | Camp 2. | |
| | | 5-18. Investigations | |
| a. When warranted, the MPI will investigate any | | a. When warranted, the MPI will investigate any | |
| alleged incident of misconduct inside Camp Delta. | | alleged incident of misconduct inside Camp Delta. | |
| b. After the investigation is completed, the MPI will | | b. After the investigation is completed, the MPI will | |
| review the evidence and all other investigation related | | review the evidence and all other investigation related | |
| material with the Staff Judge Advocate (SJA). | | material with the Staff Judge Advocate (SJA). | |
| c. If the results of the investigation are determined | | c. If the results of the investigation are determined | |
| to be unfounded by the MPI, the investigation material | | to be unfounded by the MPI, the investigation material | |
| will be returned to the JDOG S3 to be filed | | will be returned to the JDOG S3 to be filed | |
| appropriately. | | appropriately. | |
|
| d. If the results of the investigation are determined | | d. Upon determination that the results of the | |
| to be founded, the investigation material will be given | | investigation are founded, the investigation material | |
| to the CDJOG to determine how the matter will be | | will be forwarded to the CDJOG through the JDOG S3 | |
| resolved. | | to determine how the matter will be resolved. | |
| | | Section VII – Training | |
| | | 5-19. Drills | |
| | | a. Battle drills will be conducted in Camp Delta or | |
| | | other JDOG AOR. These drills will include exercising | |
| | | of the Infantry QRF, and be conducted at least once per | |
| | | 8-hour shift, with the intent of familiarizing JDOG | |
| | | guard and infantry personnel with their duties and | |
| | | responsibilities. Regular drilling or Tactical Exercise | |
| | | Without Troops (TEWT) will improve Emergency | |
| | | Action responses and integrated operations. | |
| | | b. Battle drills will be held at least once per eight hr | |
| | | shift, internally, to exercise JDOG personnel and | |
| | | specifically the QRF, without interrupting the normal | |
| | | operations of Camp Delta. This is to familiarize Camp | |
| | | Delta personnel with their duties in the result they are | |
| | | needed. | |
| | | c. The CO or the JDOG S-3 will initiate the drills. | |
| | | These scenarios are listed on note cards on file in the | |
| | | DOC. The CO or S3 officer may select scenario based | |
| | | on personal assessment of unit needs and/or current | |
| | | mission constraints. Sequence of events: | |
| | | (1) Contact and activate of the IRF and QRF | |
| | | Teams. | |
| | | (2) Teams reporting to appropriate command | |
| | | authority for orders in an expedient manner. | |
| | | d. MESLs will be kept in the DOC with the | |
| | | Company Commander having the discretion to select | |
| | | those that reflect current training needs on a rotational | |
| | | basis. | |
| | | e. Conditions for activation of the QRF & IRF: | |
| | | (1) Mass Casualty Incidents | |
| | | (2) Hostile Actions/T-SCIF Alarm | |
| | | (3) Destructive Weather | |
| | | (4) Disturbances with detainees | |
| | | (5) Power Outage | |
| | | (6) Forced Cell Extraction | |
| | | (7) Camp 4 Disturbance | |
| | | (8) Escape / missing ISN Camps 1/2/3/4 Echo & | |
| | | Iguana | |
| | | (9) Other situation as determined by CO or S3. | |
| | | f. The standards include adherence to the use of | |
| | | force policy, Rules Of Engagement, and approved | |
| | | SOPs. Commander’s assessment will be included as | |
| | | part of each AAR. These exercises are not meant to be | |
| | | a distracter from Camp Delta operations. Mission | |
| | | dependent, the CO may choose to conduct a TEWT, a | |
| | | walk through of a battle drill, or a full drill. However, | |
| | | the Infantry QRF will be alerted and brought to full | |
| | | readiness once per shift as per CJTF guidance. | |
| | | g. Execution: | |
| | | (1) Notification of an incident – defined as an | |
| | | exercise | |
| | | (2) Radio or telephonic contact with appropriate | |
| | | forces stating “EXERCISE EXERCISE | |
| | | EXERCISE…” and the mission requirement. | |
| | | (3) The CO or his representative will determine | |
| | | to use the actual IRF and QRF forces, conduct a | |
| | | TEWT, or to verbalize response for training purposes. | |
| | | (4) JDOG Staff will make notifications of outside | |
| | | forces with CJDOG or his representative determining | |
| | | whether to make actual calls (to gauge contact response | |
| | | only. NOT to actually bring in outside forces.), or | |
| | | whether to verbalize for the purposes of familiarizing | |
| | | staff. | |
| | | (5) When troop are actually utilized they will | |
| | | take up proper positions and be able to verbalize their | |
| | | duties. Officers will demonstrate their knowledge of | |
| | | tasks | |
| | | (6) Battle drills will take place within Camp | |
| | | Delta camps 1,2,3 & 4 only and will not include Camps | |
| | | | |
| | | Echo or Iguana as they are covered by the external | |
| | | QRF. | |
| | | (7) ENDEX to be announced to all participating | |
| | | parties. | |
| | | (8) An After Action Review will be conducted | |
| | | after the drill. At a minimum, the SOG of the QRF, the | |
| | | CO, and a member of the DOC will participate. | |
| | | (9) Staff / Leaders review SOP for adjustment. | |
| | | (10) Submit electronic or hard copy of the AAR | |
| | | to JDOG S-3 or designee. | |
| | | 5-20. Block Training | |
| | | a. Each day, each block will train on a task listed in | |
| | | Appendix J Block Training Tasks. | |
| | | b. The CO, PL and SOGs are responsible for | |
| | | knowing the task each block is training on. | |
| | | c. Each block NCO must document the training | |
| | | performed. | |
| | | d. At no time will training be conducted in a manner | |
| | | that detracts from accomplishing the work on the | |
| | | block. | |
| | | | |
| Chapter 6 | | Chapter 6 | |
| Cell Block Operations | | Cell Block Operations | |
| Section I – Security Procedures | | Section I – Security Procedures | |
| 6-1. Overview | | 6-1. Overview | |
| a. Fair, firm, and impartial enforcement of rules and | | a. Fair, firm, and impartial enforcement of rules and | |
| regulations facilitates the control of detainees. Custody | | regulations facilitates the control of detainees. Custody | |
| and control measures maintain good order and | | and control measures maintain good order and | |
| discipline and protect the welfare of all personnel and | | discipline and protect the welfare of all personnel and | |
| detainees alike. Supervisors must know where | | detainees alike. Supervisors must know where | |
| | | | |
| skipping to change at line 1855 | | skipping to change at line 2287 | |
| incidents, or other disturbances. | | incidents, or other disturbances. | |
| c. Security is a series of checks and balances | | c. Security is a series of checks and balances | |
| performed at various levels both internal and external | | performed at various levels both internal and external | |
| to the facility. It requires all personnel to continually | | to the facility. It requires all personnel to continually | |
| maintain an effective working knowledge of rules, | | maintain an effective working knowledge of rules, | |
| regulations, and special orders; maintain constant | | regulations, and special orders; maintain constant | |
| vigilance throughout their daily duties; review/evaluate | | vigilance throughout their daily duties; review/evaluate | |
| procedures and initiate recommendations to proper | | procedures and initiate recommendations to proper | |
| authority for improvements. | | authority for improvements. | |
| d. There must be a continuous presence on the | | d. There must be a continuous presence on the | |
|
| blocks by the Block Guards. At no time should the | | blocks by the guards. At no time should the block not | |
| block not have a Block Guard walking up and down | | have a guard walking up and down the block. At | |
| the block. At random times, two Block Guards will | | random times, two guards will walk the block and it | |
| walk the block and it will be annotated in the pass-on | | will be annotated in the pass on book. | |
| book. | | e. No items will be left on block ledges, steps, | |
| | | causeway, or anywhere else that is within reach of a | |
| | | detainee in a cell. This is of particular concern at the | |
| | | ends of the blocks where items are left on ledges or | |
| | | hand railings. Numerous items left in these areas have | |
| | | been grabbed by detainees and taken into their cell. | |
| | | f. No food or beverages are allowed in the block | |
| | | shacks. Block personnel will not clean the computers. | |
| | | If a computer needs cleaning, contact the JDOG | |
| | | Operations. | |
| 6-2. Headcounts | | 6-2. Headcounts | |
| a. Detainees will not be responsible for conducting | | a. Detainees will not be responsible for conducting | |
| any part of the count. Detainees will not move about | | any part of the count. Detainees will not move about | |
| during count, to include any escorted detainees to areas | | during count, to include any escorted detainees to areas | |
| outside the blocks. All detainee escorts will hold in | | outside the blocks. All detainee escorts will hold in | |
| place until the count is complete and cleared by the | | place until the count is complete and cleared by the | |
| DOC. | | DOC. | |
| b. Conduct ISN headcounts as scheduled. The | | b. Conduct ISN headcounts as scheduled. The | |
|
| Block Guard conducting the ISN headcount will | | guard conducting the ISN headcount will compare the | |
| compare the ISN number on the ID bracelet with the | | ISN number on the ID bracelet with the ISN number on | |
| ISN number on the alpha roster and the picture on the | | the alpha roster and the picture on the ID bracelet to the | |
| ID bracelet to the detainee. | | detainee. | |
| c. To count a detainee at night, the Block Guard | | c. To count a detainee at night, the guard counting | |
| counting detainees must see skin or movement. | | detainees must see skin or movement. | |
| d. Conduct additional counts whenever a there is | | d. Conduct additional counts whenever there is | |
| suspicion of a missing detainee, after a disturbance, | | suspicion of a missing detainee, after a disturbance, | |
| after a drill or when deemed necessary by the CO or | | after a drill or when deemed necessary by the CO or | |
| higher authority. | | higher authority. | |
| e. Conduct a picture headcount at any time the | | e. Conduct a picture headcount at any time the | |
| identity of a missing detainee is not apparent. | | identity of a missing detainee is not apparent. | |
|
| f. Random headcounts will occur on every shift. | | f. A headcount will be conducted at the start of | |
| During each two-hour block of time starting at the | | each guard shift. The DOC will then call for an | |
| beginning of the shift, the DOC will call for a random | | additional three randomly timed headcounts throughout | |
| headcount, and the blocks will conduct it. | | the guard shift. The most time between headcounts is | |
| | | three hours. | |
| 6-3. Searches | | 6-3. Searches | |
| a. Searching will be done technically correct and | | a. Searching will be done technically correct and | |
| professionally at all times. The intent is to search for | | professionally at all times. The intent is to search for | |
| safety, not harass or invade dignity. | | safety, not harass or invade dignity. | |
| b. Search cells whenever a detainee exits a cell or | | b. Search cells whenever a detainee exits a cell or | |
| prior to his return to his cell. | | prior to his return to his cell. | |
| c. A minimum of three random cell searches will be | | c. A minimum of three random cell searches will be | |
| done on day shift and swing shift. Cells scheduled for | | done on day shift and swing shift. Cells scheduled for | |
|
| shower and recreation that day will not be included in | | shower and exercise that day will not be included in the | |
| the count of cells randomly searched. | | count of cells randomly searched. | |
| d. Search showers and recreation areas before and | | d. Search showers and exercise areas before and | |
| after every detainee use. | | after every detainee use. | |
| e. All shifts will do area searches. | | e. All shifts will do area searches. | |
| f. When searching, use a systematic method to | | f. When searching, use a systematic method to | |
| ensure all areas are covered. | | ensure all areas are covered. | |
| g. Midnight shift, will conduct visual search of the | | g. Midnight shift, will conduct visual search of the | |
| cells and detainees every ten minutes by walking | | cells and detainees every ten minutes by walking | |
| through the block. Annotate every check on the block | | through the block. Annotate every check on the block | |
| journal. Report all unusual activity. | | journal. Report all unusual activity. | |
| h. Submit a work order any time a cell has | | h. Submit a work order any time a cell has | |
| inoperable equipment. Each cell that needs a work | | inoperable equipment. Each cell that needs a work | |
| order must be on a separate work order. | | order must be on a separate work order. | |
|
| i. Search detainees at a minimum of each time they | | i. Search detainees at a minimum each time they | |
| are removed from a cell. | | are removed from a cell. | |
| j. Conduct physical searches by the same gender | | j. Conduct physical searches by the same gender | |
| whenever possible as a matter of principle. Only | | whenever possible as a matter of principle. Only | |
| during exigent conditions for security purposes should | | during exigent conditions for security purposes should | |
| an opposite gender conduct any physical search when | | an opposite gender conduct any physical search when | |
|
| no other same-gender MP is available as determined by | | no other same-gender guard is available as determined | |
| the SOG. | | by the SOG. | |
| | | k. The standard search for detainee movement at | |
| | | Camp Delta will be a modified Pat Down search in | |
| | | compliance with instructions received from the Camp | |
| | | Delta Superintendent. | |
| | | (1) You may search either side of the body first. | |
| | | Use your hands to check for obvious bulges or articles | |
| | | that do not belong on the detainee’s person. | |
| | | (a) Start with the head and hair. Search for | |
| | | anything inappropriate. | |
| | | (b) Search the neck area and top of the shoulder. | |
| | | (c) Search the arm from the shoulder to the | |
| | | fingers. | |
| | | (d) Search the back area from the neck to the | |
| | | waistband on the shorts or pants. | |
| | | | |
| | | (e) Search the side area from the armpit to the | |
| | | waistband on the shorts or pants. | |
| | | (f) Search the chest area from the neck to the | |
| | | waistband on the pants or shorts. | |
| | | (g) Search the waistband area of the shorts or | |
| | | pants by running your thumb along the inside of the | |
| | | waistband all the way around the detainee. | |
| | | (h) Search the leg area by starting where the | |
| | | bottom of the shorts are as worn by the detainee and | |
| | | check down to the foot. | |
| | | (i) Search the flip flop by having the detainee | |
| | | raise his foot so that you may physically check the sole | |
| | | and the inside of the item. | |
| | | (j) Search the opposite side of the detainee in the | |
| | | same fashion as you did the first side. | |
| | | (2) During a search, you are not allowed to touch | |
| | | or feel the detainee between the waistband of the shorts | |
| | | or pants and the bottom of the shorts as worn. | |
| | | (3) If the guard believes that the detainee has | |
| | | placed something in the prohibited search area, through | |
| | | observation or other means, the guard may search the | |
| | | area. The guard must be willing to write a DA 2823 | |
| | | Sworn Statement to justify his action of searching the | |
| | | restricted area. | |
| | | (4) In the event a detainee has concealed | |
| | | contraband , the Co on-duty may request the detention | |
| | | clinic perform a body cavity search. Upon notification | |
| | | that a body cavity search needs to be performed the | |
| | | DOC will notify the provider on duty (PA/MD from | |
| | | the Joint Aid Station). The provider will report to the | |
| | | detention clinic. The detainee will be escorted to the | |
| | | designated room where the search will take place. The | |
| | | detainee will remain restrained to avoid any | |
| | | confrontation with medical staff. The procedure and | |
| | | findings will be documented in the detainee medical | |
| | | record with time and date of the procedure, name of the | |
| | | person performing the procedure and name of the | |
| | | person who requested the procedure. | |
| | | Personnel selected and approved for the procedure | |
| | | will be trained by JAS providers (PA/MD), and | |
| | | provided written permission to perform the task. | |
| 6-4. Searching the Koran | | 6-4. Searching the Koran | |
|
| a. To ensure the safety of the detainees and MPs | | a. To ensure the safety of the detainees and guards | |
| while respecting the cultural dignity of the Korans | | while respecting the cultural dignity of the Korans | |
| thereby reducing the friction over the searching the | | thereby reducing the friction over the searching the | |
| Korans. JTF-GTMO personnel directly working with | | Korans. JTF-GTMO personnel directly working with | |
| detainees will avoid handling or touching the | | detainees will avoid handling or touching the | |
| detainee’s Koran whenever possible. When military | | detainee’s Koran whenever possible. When military | |
| necessity does require the Koran to be searched, the | | necessity does require the Koran to be searched, the | |
| subsequent procedures will be followed. | | subsequent procedures will be followed. | |
|
| (1) The MP informs the detainee that the | | (1) The guard informs the detainee that the | |
| Chaplain or a Muslim interpreter will inspect Koran. If | | Chaplain or a Muslim interpreter will inspect Koran. If | |
| the detainee refuses the inspection at any time, the | | the detainee refuses the inspection at any time, the | |
| noncompliance is reported to the DOC and logged | | noncompliance is reported to the DOC and logged | |
| appropriately by the Block NCO. | | appropriately by the Block NCO. | |
| (2) The Koran will not be touched or handled by | | (2) The Koran will not be touched or handled by | |
|
| the MP. | | the guard. | |
| (3) The Chaplain or Muslim interpreter will give | | (3) The Chaplain or Muslim interpreter will give | |
| instructions to the detainee who will handle the Koran. | | instructions to the detainee who will handle the Koran. | |
| He may or may not require a language specific | | He may or may not require a language specific | |
| interpreter. | | interpreter. | |
|
| | | | |
| (4) The inspector is examining to notice | | (4) The inspector is examining to notice | |
| unauthorized items, markings, or any indicators that | | unauthorized items, markings, or any indicators that | |
| raises suspicion about the contents of the Koran. | | raises suspicion about the contents of the Koran. | |
| (5) The inspector will instruct the detainee to first | | (5) The inspector will instruct the detainee to first | |
| open the one cover with one hand while holding the | | open the one cover with one hand while holding the | |
| Koran in the other thus exposing the inside cover | | Koran in the other thus exposing the inside cover | |
| completely. | | completely. | |
| (6) The inspector instructs the detainee to open | | (6) The inspector instructs the detainee to open | |
| pages in an upright manner (as if reading the Koran). | | pages in an upright manner (as if reading the Koran). | |
| This is a random page search and not every page is to | | This is a random page search and not every page is to | |
| | | | |
| skipping to change at line 1960 | | skipping to change at line 2457 | |
| of the Koran while the book is closed so that inspector | | of the Koran while the book is closed so that inspector | |
| can note the binding while closed paying attention to | | can note the binding while closed paying attention to | |
| abnormal contours or protrusions associated with the | | abnormal contours or protrusions associated with the | |
| binding. The intent is to deduce if anything may be in | | binding. The intent is to deduce if anything may be in | |
| the binding without forcing the detainee to expose the | | the binding without forcing the detainee to expose the | |
| binding, which may be construed as culturally | | binding, which may be construed as culturally | |
| insensitive or offensive given the significance of the | | insensitive or offensive given the significance of the | |
| Koran. | | Koran. | |
| (9) How the detainee reacted, observation by | | (9) How the detainee reacted, observation by | |
| other detainees, and other potentially relevant | | other detainees, and other potentially relevant | |
|
| observations will be annotated appropriately on the | | observations will be annotated in DIMS. | |
| block significant activities sheet as well as staff | | | |
| journal. | | | |
| b. Handling. | | b. Handling. | |
| (1) Clean gloves will be put on in full view of the | | (1) Clean gloves will be put on in full view of the | |
| detainees prior to handling. | | detainees prior to handling. | |
| (2) Two hands will be used at all times when | | (2) Two hands will be used at all times when | |
| handling the Koran in manner signaling respect and | | handling the Koran in manner signaling respect and | |
| reverence. Care should be used so that the right hand | | reverence. Care should be used so that the right hand | |
| is the primary one used to manipulate any part of the | | is the primary one used to manipulate any part of the | |
| Koran due to the cultural association with the left hand. | | Koran due to the cultural association with the left hand. | |
| Handle the Koran as if it were a fragile piece of | | Handle the Koran as if it were a fragile piece of | |
| delicate art. | | delicate art. | |
| (3) Ensure that the Koran is not placed in | | (3) Ensure that the Koran is not placed in | |
| offensive areas such as the floor, near the toilet or sink, | | offensive areas such as the floor, near the toilet or sink, | |
| near the feet, or dirty/wet areas. | | near the feet, or dirty/wet areas. | |
| c. Removal. | | c. Removal. | |
|
| (1) Korans should be left in the cell as a rule | | (1) Korans must be transported by the detainee, | |
| (save in MSU), even when a detainee is moved to | | in the event the detainee is moved to another cell or | |
| another cell or block. In principal, every cell (except | | block. | |
| MSU) will have a Koran “assigned” to it. | | | |
| (2) If a Koran must be removed at the direction | | (2) If a Koran must be removed at the direction | |
|
| the CJDOG, the detainee library personnel or Chaplain | | the CJDOG, the detainee library personnel, Muslim | |
| will be contacted to retrieve and properly store the | | interpreter, or Chaplain will be contacted to retrieve | |
| Koran in the detainee library. The request for the | | and properly store the Koran in the detainee library. | |
| librarian/Chaplain, as well as the retrieval itself, will be | | The request for the librarian, interpreter, or Chaplain, | |
| logged appropriately. | | as well as the retrieval itself, will be logged in DIMS. | |
| | | | |
| (3) If the Chaplain, librarian, or Muslim | | (3) If the Chaplain, librarian, or Muslim | |
| interpreter, within the needs of the situation, cannot | | interpreter, within the needs of the situation, cannot | |
|
| remove the Koran, then the MP may remove the Koran | | remove the Koran, then the guard may remove the | |
| after approved by the DOC (who notes this in the MP | | Koran after approved by the DOC (who notes this in | |
| Blotter) IAW the following procedures: | | the DIMS) IAW the following procedures: | |
| (a) Clean gloves will be put on in full view of the | | (a) Clean gloves will be put on in full view of the | |
| detainees prior to handling. | | detainees prior to handling. | |
| (b) Two hands will be used at all times when | | (b) Two hands will be used at all times when | |
| handling the Koran in manner signaling respect and | | handling the Koran in manner signaling respect and | |
| reverence. | | reverence. | |
| (c) Place a clean, dry, detainee towel on the | | (c) Place a clean, dry, detainee towel on the | |
| detainee bed and then place the Koran on top of the | | detainee bed and then place the Koran on top of the | |
| clean towel in a manner, which allows it to be wrapped | | clean towel in a manner, which allows it to be wrapped | |
| without turning the Koran over at any time in a | | without turning the Koran over at any time in a | |
| reverent manner. Ensure that the Koran is not placed | | reverent manner. Ensure that the Koran is not placed | |
| in offensive areas such as the floor, near the toilet or | | in offensive areas such as the floor, near the toilet or | |
| sink, near the feet, or dirty/wet area when doing this | | sink, near the feet, or dirty/wet area when doing this | |
| activity. | | activity. | |
| (4) How the detainee reacted, observation by | | (4) How the detainee reacted, observation by | |
| other detainees, and other potentially relevant | | other detainees, and other potentially relevant | |
|
| observations will be annotated appropriately on the | | observations will be annotated appropriately in the | |
| block significant activities sheet as well as staff | | DIMS significant activities menu. | |
| journal. | | | |
| (5) The Koran shall be returned to the librarian, | | (5) The Koran shall be returned to the librarian, | |
| Chaplain, or DOC (in that order). | | Chaplain, or DOC (in that order). | |
|
| (6) Exception: Detainee in MSU may have a | | (6) Korans are the property of the U.S. | |
| Koran if specifically authorized by a 508-1 or the Level | | | |
| 5 Block Entitlement Form. Once detainee leaves | | | |
| MSU, the same handling/removing policies and | | | |
| procedures remain in effect. | | | |
| (7) Korans are the property of the U.S. | | | |
| Government and as such will remain in the cells only | | Government and as such will remain in the cells only | |
| to be removed at the CJDOG’s decision. | | to be removed at the CJDOG’s decision. | |
|
| | | (7) If a Koran is damaged or destroyed by a | |
| | | detainee, the chaplain in conjunction with a Muslim | |
| | | interpreter will take the Koran from the detainee for a | |
| | | minimum of ten days noted in DIMS. At that point, the | |
| | | chaplain can reissue the Koran to the detainee. The | |
| | | chaplain must ensure the block knows the Koran is | |
| | | being taken to protect the Koran, not punish the | |
| | | detainee. | |
| 6-5. Keys | | 6-5. Keys | |
| a. Maintain all cell and sally port keys on your | | a. Maintain all cell and sally port keys on your | |
| person continuously. | | person continuously. | |
| b. Never leave keys unsecured and unattended | | b. Never leave keys unsecured and unattended | |
| within the facility. Keys are not to be laid down on | | within the facility. Keys are not to be laid down on | |
| tables, chairs, steps, etc. at any time. Keys are not to | | tables, chairs, steps, etc. at any time. Keys are not to | |
| be left hanging on a hooks or the fence. | | be left hanging on a hooks or the fence. | |
| c. Keys will not leave the block. They will be | | c. Keys will not leave the block. They will be | |
|
| handed to another Block Guard prior to leaving the | | handed to another guard prior to leaving the block. | |
| block. | | | |
| 6-6. Food Tray Slot (“Bean Hole”) Covers | | 6-6. Food Tray Slot (“Bean Hole”) Covers | |
| a. Bean hole covers will be closed at all times | | a. Bean hole covers will be closed at all times | |
| except when serving food, shackling, passing an item | | except when serving food, shackling, passing an item | |
| to the detainee, or is required for a medical check. | | to the detainee, or is required for a medical check. | |
|
| These bean hole covers do include the observation | | These bean hole covers do not include the observation | |
| windows on the MSU cell doors. | | windows on the segregation cell doors. | |
| b. Bean hole covers will be latched at all times. | | b. Bean hole covers will be latched at all times. | |
| 6-7. Applying Restraints (“Shackling”) | | 6-7. Applying Restraints (“Shackling”) | |
| a. Shackling of detainees will follow a “minimum | | a. Shackling of detainees will follow a “minimum | |
| force” policy. The intent is to create a standard for | | force” policy. The intent is to create a standard for | |
| shackling without sacrificing the ability to escalate due | | shackling without sacrificing the ability to escalate due | |
|
| to MP safety concerns. | | to guard safety concerns. | |
| | | | |
| b. As a general rule, detainees will be shackled in | | b. As a general rule, detainees will be shackled in | |
| the standing up position. It will be the block NCOs | | the standing up position. It will be the block NCOs | |
| responsibility to justify the need to escalate and require | | responsibility to justify the need to escalate and require | |
| a detainee to kneel to be shackled | | a detainee to kneel to be shackled | |
| c. If a detainee is required to kneel, the Block NCO | | c. If a detainee is required to kneel, the Block NCO | |
|
| will note in the block pass-on book whenever a | | will note in DIMS whenever a detainee is required to | |
| detainee is required to kneel to be shackled. The | | kneel to be shackled. The notation will include the | |
| notation will include the time, ISN, type of escort | | time, ISN, type of escort (shower & exercise, | |
| (shower & recreation, reservation, etc.) and a BRIEF | | reservation, etc.) and a BRIEF reason as to the | |
| reason as to the deviation from shackling in the | | deviation from shackling in the standing position. | |
| standing position. | | | |
| d. Forced cell extractions, moves in which the | | d. Forced cell extractions, moves in which the | |
| detainee has required an IRF “stand to”, are obvious | | detainee has required an IRF “stand to”, are obvious | |
| reasons for use of the kneeling position. | | reasons for use of the kneeling position. | |
| Section II – Support Operations | | Section II – Support Operations | |
|
| 6-8. Shower and Recreation | | 6-8. Shower and Exercise | |
| a. Utilize the following schedule on levels 2, 3, 4, | | a. Shower and exercise will be conducted in | |
| and 5 blocks for shower and recreation call. | | accordance to the published schedule listed in | |
| DAY SHIFT SWING SHIFT | | Appendix B. | |
| SUNDAY NONE NONE | | b. The Block NCO will be responsible for ensuring | |
| MONDAY UNITS 1-8 UNITS 9-16 | | each Level 1 detainees on an Intel block receive | |
| TUESDAY UNITS 17-24 UNITS 25-32 | | shower and exercise four times per week and each | |
| WEDNESDAY UNITS 33-40 UNITS 41-48 | | Level 2, 3, and 4 detainees receive shower and exercise | |
| THURSDAY UNITS 1-8 UNITS 9-16 | | two times per week. | |
| FRIDAY UNITS 17-24 UNITS 25-32 | | c. Allow each level 1 detainee 30 minutes for | |
| SATURDAY UNITS 33-40 UNITS 41-48 | | exercise and all other detainees will receive 20 minutes | |
| b. Level one blocks will utilize the below schedule: | | for exercise. Allow five minutes to shower | |
| DAY SHIFT SWING SHIFT | | immediately after exercise. These five minutes will not | |
| SUNDAY UNITS 1-10 UNITS 11-21 | | be substituted for additional recreation time. Female | |
| MONDAY UNITS 22-31 UNITS 32-41 | | guards will not escort detainees to and from their cell | |
| TUESDAY UNITS 41-48/1- | | during shower and exercise. If the detainee desires to | |
| 3 | | shave his body hair, allow an additional five minutes. | |
| UNITS 4-14 | | Shaving of body hair will only be permitted on the first | |
| WEDNESDAY UNITS 15-24 UNITS 25-34 | | rotation of each week (Monday through Wednesday.) | |
| THURSDAY UNITS 35-44 UNITS 45-48/1- | | Block personnel will visually inspect each razor and | |
| 7 | | monitor detainees shaving at all times. Detainees will | |
| FRIDAY UNITS 8-17 UNITS 18-27 | | not possess nail clippers and razor at the same time. | |
| SATURDAY UNITS 28-37 UNITS 38-48 | | For DELTA Block shower and exercise, refer to | |
| c. Conduct shower and recreation call in | | DELTA Block SOP 30-12, dated 1 January 2004. | |
| conjunction with each other. The Block NCO will be | | d. After returning from shower and exercise, offer | |
| responsible for ensuring each Level 1 detainee receives | | | |
| showers and recreation three times per week and each | | | |
| Level 2, 3, and 4 detainee receives showers and | | | |
| recreation two times per week unless they are on | | | |
| discipline measures that include no recreation. | | | |
| d. Allow each detainee 20 minutes for recreation. | | | |
| Allow five minutes to shower immediately after | | | |
| recreation. Female MPs will not escort detainees to | | | |
| and from their cell during shower and recreation. If the | | | |
| detainee desires to shave his body hair, allow an | | | |
| additional five minutes. Only allow shaving of body | | | |
| hair on the first rotation of each week (Monday through | | | |
| Wednesday.) but will NOT be done on MSU blocks or | | | |
| for Delta block patients. Block Guards will constantly | | | |
| monitor detainees during shaving at all times. | | | |
| Detainees will possess no nail clippers while they | | | |
| possess a razor. Ensure the return of intact razors. | | | |
| Allow level one detainees to use a shower curtain | | | |
| during their shower period. The detainee must | | | |
| exchange the shower curtain for the razor. No detainee | | | |
| will have a razor with the shower curtain hung up. | | | |
| e. After returning from shower and recreation, offer | | | |
| the detainee the use of a brush to clean their cell. They | | the detainee the use of a brush to clean their cell. They | |
| will have until the next detainee on their side of the | | will have until the next detainee on their side of the | |
|
| block returns from shower and recreation to use the | | block returns from shower and exercise to use the | |
| brush. The detainee will receive no cleaning supplies | | brush. Detainees will not receive any cleaning | |
| or agents to clean their cell. The last detainee who has | | supplies or agents to clean their cell. The last detainee | |
| shower will receive the brush for 30 minutes. If the | | who has shower will receive the brush for 30 minutes. | |
| detainee refuses shower, they will not get the floor | | e. Track refusals in DIMS, search the refusing | |
| brush. | | detainee’s cell. A detainee may not refuse exercise | |
| f. Track refusals in the Refusals log. Search the | | time. If the detainee refuses, note the reason on the | |
| refusing detainee’s cell. | | SIGACT sheet in DIMS, using an interpreter if | |
| g. Detainees may exercise in their cell as long as it | | necessary. Forced cell extractions will be utilized for | |
| is an approved exercise. | | non-compliant detainees and the detainee will be | |
| h. No detainee may perform any hand-to-hand | | | |
| | | moved to the exercise yard. This applies to all blocks | |
| | | except Delta block | |
| | | f. No detainee may perform any hand-to-hand | |
| combat or martial arts PT, either organized or | | combat or martial arts PT, either organized or | |
|
| individual, in the recreation yard or in their cell. | | individual, in the exercise yard or in their cell. | |
| i. Amputees will receive their normal recreation | | g. Amputees will receive their normal exercise time | |
| time and any other if prescribed by a doctor. Detainees | | and any other if prescribed by a doctor. Detainees that | |
| that have a walker may take the walker with them to | | have a walker may take the walker with them to the | |
| the recreation yard. | | exercise yard. | |
| j. Escort level one detainees to and from Shower | | h. Escort level one and level two detainees to and | |
| and Recreation in handcuffs and waist belt. They will | | from Shower and Exercise in handcuffs and waist belt. | |
| not have leg irons placed on them. | | They will not have leg irons placed on them. | |
| | | i. Shower items (soap, shampoo, razors, etc.) will | |
| | | not be left in the open, outside, at the back of the block | |
| | | during shower and exercise. Guards will only bring | |
| | | what is needed by an individual detainee to the shower | |
| | | and exercise area of the block and will secure same | |
| | | immediately following the detainee’s shower. | |
| | | j. Each level 1 block will conduct shower and | |
| | | exercise with two detainees in the exercise yard at the | |
| | | same time. | |
| | | (1) Detainees will be paired starting with cells 1 | |
| | | and 2, 3 and 4, 5 and 6 continuing to 47 and 48. If one | |
| | | of the cells in the pair is empty, the detainee will be | |
| | | placed in the exercise yard by himself. | |
| | | (2) The first detainee will be placed in the | |
| | | exercise yard and unshackled. The guards will then get | |
| | | the second detainee that is paired with that one and | |
| | | take him to the exercise yard. Prior to opening the | |
| | | gate, the first detainee will be told to move to the | |
| | | corner opposite the gate on the far side of the yard and | |
| | | to remain there until the second detainee is in the yard | |
| | | and the gate is closed and locked. Once the first | |
| | | detainee is in the far corner, the gate will be opened, | |
| | | the second detainee will be placed in the exercise yard, | |
| | | gate closed and locked and then unshackled through | |
| | | the bean hole. | |
| | | (3) Exercise time will start once the second gate | |
| | | is locked after the second detainee has been placed in | |
| | | the exercise yard. Time for exercise will be 30 | |
| | | minutes. | |
| | | (4) The detainee that is first in the exercise yard | |
| | | will be the detainee that comes out first. To remove | |
| | | the first detainee, reverse the process. The second | |
| | | detainee will go to the corner opposite the gate on the | |
| | | far side and then the first detainee will be shackled and | |
| | | removed from the yard. | |
| | | (5) Cells 1-12 will be done during schedule “A” | |
| | | day shift. Cells 13-24 will be done during schedule | |
| | | “A” swing shift. Cells 25-36 will be done during | |
| | | schedule “B” day shift. Cells 37-48 will be done | |
| | | during schedule “B” swing shift. The first day of | |
| | | implementation of the policy will be day “A”, the | |
| | | second day will be day “B”, the third day will be day | |
| | | “A” and so forth. | |
| | | (6) The schedule conducted will be annotated in | |
| | | the pass on book. | |
| 6-9. Detainee Mess Operations | | 6-9. Detainee Mess Operations | |
| a. SOG. The SOG is responsible for the adequate | | a. SOG. The SOG is responsible for the adequate | |
| quality and quantity of food served (to include MREs) | | quality and quantity of food served (to include MREs) | |
|
| to detainees and U.S personnel and that sanitation, | | to detainees, and that sanitation, preparation, handling | |
| preparation, handling and servicing of food meet | | and servicing of food meet established criteria. | |
| established criteria. Detainees will have 30 minutes in | | Detainees will have 30 minutes in which to consume | |
| which to consume their meals. During times of fasting | | their meals. During times of fasting or religious | |
| or religious requirements, and special diets refer to the | | requirements, and special diets refer to the Chapter 19 | |
| Chapter 19 Food Service. | | Food Service. | |
| b. Block NCO. The Block NCO will accept and | | b. Block NCO. The Block NCO will accept and | |
| account for the plastic spoons from mess personnel. | | account for the plastic spoons from mess personnel. | |
|
| While the Block Guards are serving the meal to the | | While the guards are serving the meal to the detainees, | |
| detainees, the Block NCO will pass out the plastic | | the Block NCO will pass out the plastic spoons to each | |
| spoons to each detainee. The Block NCO will account | | detainee. The Block NCO will account for all plastic | |
| for all plastic spoons passed out once the mealtime is | | spoons passed out once the mealtime is completed. | |
| completed. Notify the SOG of unreturned plastic | | Notify the SOG of unreturned plastic spoons, and | |
| spoons, and conduct a search to locate the missing | | conduct a search to locate the missing spoon. The | |
| spoon. The Block NCO will ensure no contents are | | Block NCO will ensure no contents are removed from | |
| removed from MREs nor that damaged MREs are | | MREs or that damaged MREs are issued. | |
| issued. | | c. Guards will issue meals to the detainees and | |
| | | monitor them during chow. At the conclusion of the | |
| c. Block Guards. Block Guards will issue meals to | | meal, the guards will collect the trash from the | |
| the detainees and monitor them during chow. At the | | detainees. Guards will inventory the return of all | |
| conclusion of the meal, the Block Guards will collect | | packaging, plates, spoons, and Styrofoam cups. | |
| the trash from the detainees. Block Guards will | | | |
| inventory the return of all packaging, plates, spoons, | | | |
| and Styrofoam cups. If unreturned items cannot be | | | |
| found, the detainee will receive his meals poured onto | | | |
| a paper plate for the next three days. This is done with | | | |
| the intention of reducing the amount of trash being | | | |
| flushed down the toilet. | | | |
| d. Food Service Personnel. When serving hot | | d. Food Service Personnel. When serving hot | |
|
| meals, Food Service Personnel will portion the food | | meals, Food Service personnel will portion the food | |
| from the Mermite containers to the plate to ensure each | | from the insulated food container (IFC) to the plate to | |
| detainee has the proper proportions. | | ensure each detainee has the proper proportions. If | |
| e. If a detainee refuses a meal, the refusal most be | | there are insufficient Food Service personnel to | |
| noted in the detainee’s record. When the number of | | perform this function, the guards will portion the food. | |
| consecutive refusals reaches nine, refer to, Section 20- | | e. If a detainee refuses a meal, the refusal must be | |
| 5, Hunger Strike. | | noted in DIMS. If a detainee eats any portion or part of | |
| | | the meal, it is not considered a missed or refused meal. | |
| | | Ensure all missed meals are entered in the refusal | |
| | | section of DIMS. When the number of consecutive | |
| | | refusals reaches nine, refer to, Section 20-5, Voluntary | |
| | | Total Fasting and Re-Feeding (VTF) | |
| | | f. At no time will any guard force personnel eat any | |
| | | portion of a detainee meal. | |
| | | g. Below is a list of the contents of the MREs that | |
| | | must remain in each MRE and what will be returned | |
| | | after use. | |
| | | (1) For MRE #11, the following items will be in | |
| | | the MRE pouch: | |
| | | (a) Crackers - wrapper | |
| | | (b) Pound Cake - wrapper | |
| | | (c) Spoon - spoon | |
| | | (d) Peanut Butter - wrapper | |
| | | (e) Pasta with Vegetables in Tomato Sauce – | |
| | | wrapper | |
| | | (f) Peaches - wrapper | |
| | | (g) Ice tea drink mix - wrapper | |
| | | (h) Salt packet – wrapper | |
| | | | |
| | | (2) For MRE #12, the following items will be in | |
| | | the MRE pouch: | |
| | | (a) Crackers - wrapper | |
| | | (b) Pound Cake - wrapper | |
| | | (c) Spoon - spoon | |
| | | (d) Peanut Butter - wrapper | |
| | | (e) Black Bean and Rice Burrito - wrapper | |
| | | (f) Pears - wrapper | |
| | | (g) Ice tea drink mix - wrapper | |
| | | (h) Salt packet - wrapper | |
| | | (j) Fruit Bar - wrapper | |
| | | (3) For MRE #13, the following items will be in | |
| | | the MRE pouch: | |
| | | (a) Crackers - wrapper | |
| | | (b) Pound Cake - wrapper | |
| | | (c) Spoon - spoon | |
| | | (d) Peanut Butter - wrapper | |
| | | (e) Cheese Tortellini in Tomato Sauce - wrapper | |
| | | (f) Applesauce - wrapper | |
| | | (g) Ice tea drink mix - wrapper | |
| | | (h) Salt packet - wrapper | |
| | | (4) For MRE #14, the following items will be in | |
| | | the MRE pouch: | |
| | | (a) Crackers - wrapper | |
| | | (b) Pound Cake - wrapper | |
| | | (c) Spoon - spoon | |
| | | (d) Peanut Butter - wrapper | |
| | | (e) Pasta with Vegetables in Alfredo Style Sauce | |
| | | wrapper | |
| | | (f) Peaches - wrapper | |
| | | (g) Ice tea drink mix - wrapper | |
| | | (h) Salt packet - wrapper | |
| | | (j) Peanuts, shelled roasted – wrapper. | |
| 6-10. Laundry / Linen | | 6-10. Laundry / Linen | |
| a. Guards will exchange dirty detainee laundry with | | a. Guards will exchange dirty detainee laundry with | |
|
| clean laundry IAW the level 1-5 shower and recreation | | clean laundry IAW the level 1-5 shower and exercise | |
| schedule contained in Appendix B. Exchange all | | schedule contained in Appendix B. Exchange all | |
| laundry and linen at the same time with the exception | | laundry and linen at the same time with the exception | |
| of blankets. Do not allow detainees to refuse | | of blankets. Do not allow detainees to refuse | |
| linen/laundry exchange. Use reasonable force to | | linen/laundry exchange. Use reasonable force to | |
| complete the laundry exchange. Guards will conduct | | complete the laundry exchange. Guards will conduct | |
| this in a manner to determine specifically which, if any, | | this in a manner to determine specifically which, if any, | |
| detainee is missing an item (i.e. flushed in toilet or | | detainee is missing an item (i.e. flushed in toilet or | |
| hiding it.) Report findings to the DOC and log | | hiding it.) Report findings to the DOC and log | |
|
| appropriately. | | appropriately into DIMS. | |
| b. Guards will have detainee hold up all items for | | b. Guards will have detainee hold up all items for | |
| visual inspection prior to exchanging them for a clean | | visual inspection prior to exchanging them for a clean | |
|
| item. Confiscate any modified item, as contraband and | | item. Detainee will give the dirty item to the guard | |
| discipline will be imposed according to the discipline | | prior to the guard issuing the clean item. Confiscate | |
| matrix. | | any modified item, as contraband and discipline will be | |
| | | imposed according to the discipline matrix. | |
| c. Guards will place no more than four uniform sets | | c. Guards will place no more than four uniform sets | |
| into each trash bag. Place sheets in a separate bag. | | into each trash bag. Place sheets in a separate bag. | |
| Place towels and washcloths in a separate bag. Place t- | | Place towels and washcloths in a separate bag. Place t- | |
| shirts in a separate bag. Place blankets in a separate | | shirts in a separate bag. Place blankets in a separate | |
| bag. Place all dirty linen in the storage sheds located | | bag. Place all dirty linen in the storage sheds located | |
| near building one for Camp I and near building seven | | near building one for Camp I and near building seven | |
|
| for Camp II. Return all clean laundry to the supply | | for Camp 2,3. Return all clean laundry in mesh bags to | |
| room. | | the supply room. | |
| d. Blankets will be exchanged according to the | | d. Blankets will be exchanged according to the | |
| following schedule: | | following schedule: | |
| (1) 1st | | (1) 1st | |
|
| Sunday of the month: A, E, I, N, R, and U | | Sunday of the month: A, D, E, I, N, O, | |
| | | and U | |
| (2) 2nd | | (2) 2nd | |
|
| Sunday of the month: B, F, K, O, S, and | | Sunday of the month: B, D, F, K, R, S, | |
| V | | and V | |
| (3) 3rd | | (3) 3rd | |
|
| Sunday of the month: C, G, L, P, T, and | | Sunday of the month: C, D, G, L, P, T, | |
| W | | and W | |
| (4) 4th | | (4) 4th | |
| Sunday of the month: D, H, M, Q, Y and | | Sunday of the month: D, H, M, Q, Y and | |
| special missions | | special missions | |
| (5) 5th | | (5) 5th | |
| Sunday of the month (occurs twice a year): | | Sunday of the month (occurs twice a year): | |
| None. | | None. | |
| 6-11. Barber | | 6-11. Barber | |
| a. Offer detainees on a voluntary basis at least once | | a. Offer detainees on a voluntary basis at least once | |
| a month. The barbers will rotate through the camps | | a month. The barbers will rotate through the camps | |
| from Monday to Friday starting with block Alpha with | | from Monday to Friday starting with block Alpha with | |
| a maximum of 48 detainees offered a haircut per day. | | a maximum of 48 detainees offered a haircut per day. | |
| Haircuts will be the same for all detainees, i.e. styled | | Haircuts will be the same for all detainees, i.e. styled | |
|
| haircuts not allowed. Haircuts will be simple and | | haircuts not allowed. Haircuts will be a trim for routine | |
| standard. Sample monthly schedule below: | | haircuts. Those haircuts given for hygienic reasons for | |
| | | moves to SHU will be a buzz cut. Sample monthly | |
| | | schedule below: | |
| DATE BLOCK DATE BLOCK | | DATE BLOCK DATE BLOCK | |
| 27Dec 02 I 21 Jan 03 I | | 27Dec 02 I 21 Jan 03 I | |
| 28Dec 02 K 22 Jan 03 K | | 28Dec 02 K 22 Jan 03 K | |
| 29Dec 02 L 23 Jan 03 L | | 29Dec 02 L 23 Jan 03 L | |
| 01 Jan 03 M 24 Jan 03 M | | 01 Jan 03 M 24 Jan 03 M | |
| 02 Jan 03 N 27 Jan 03 N | | 02 Jan 03 N 27 Jan 03 N | |
| 03 Jan 03 P 28 Jan 03 P | | 03 Jan 03 P 28 Jan 03 P | |
| 06 Jan 03 Q 29 Jan 03 Q | | 06 Jan 03 Q 29 Jan 03 Q | |
| 07 Jan 03 R 30 Jan 03 R | | 07 Jan 03 R 30 Jan 03 R | |
| 08 Jan 03 S 31 Jan 03 S | | 08 Jan 03 S 31 Jan 03 S | |
| 09 Jan 03 A | | 09 Jan 03 A | |
| 10 Jan 03 B | | 10 Jan 03 B | |
| 13 Jan 03 C | | 13 Jan 03 C | |
| 14 Jan 03 D | | 14 Jan 03 D | |
| 15 Jan 03 E | | 15 Jan 03 E | |
| 16 Jan 03 F | | 16 Jan 03 F | |
| 17 Jan 03 G | | 17 Jan 03 G | |
| 20 Jan 03 H | | 20 Jan 03 H | |
|
| b. Haircuts will take place in the recreation area of | | Table 6-1 | |
| the blocks. Postpone all recreation and showers on the | | b. Haircuts will take place in the exercise area of the | |
| block receiving haircuts until all haircuts are | | blocks. Postpone all exercise and showers on the block | |
| completed. MP’s working the block will provide an | | receiving haircuts until all haircuts are completed. | |
| escort to the barber and a minimum of one MP stays as | | Guards working the block will provide an escort to the | |
| a Block Guard while detainee is receiving a haircut. | | barber and a minimum of one guard stays while | |
| Use MPs working as additional escorts in Camp Delta | | detainee is receiving a haircut. Use guards working as | |
| to assist if not required for other escorts. | | | |
| | | additional escorts in Camp Delta to assist if not | |
| | | required for other escorts. | |
| c. Barbers are responsible to PMCS their | | c. Barbers are responsible to PMCS their | |
| equipment. Barbers are responsible for cleaning the | | equipment. Barbers are responsible for cleaning the | |
| haircut area after each haircut. Maintain all necessary | | haircut area after each haircut. Maintain all necessary | |
| supplies in the camp supply room. | | supplies in the camp supply room. | |
| d. The DOC will coordinate haircut appointments | | d. The DOC will coordinate haircut appointments | |
| for detainees in the hospital. | | for detainees in the hospital. | |
|
| | | e. Barbers will be available from 0800-2100 on | |
| | | Monday thru Friday with one barber on call from 0800- | |
| | | 2100 on Saturday and the other on call from 0800-2100 | |
| | | on Sunday. If a need arises for a detainee to receive a | |
| | | haircut outside that timeframe, contact the DOC and | |
| | | the detainee to a pending list. The barber will give | |
| | | these detainees a haircut first on their next available | |
| | | day. | |
| 6-12. Other Personnel | | 6-12. Other Personnel | |
| a. The detainee Librarian will be given sufficient | | a. The detainee Librarian will be given sufficient | |
| time to perform their mission. Block NCOs will allow | | time to perform their mission. Block NCOs will allow | |
| at least five minutes per detainee for issuing books. | | at least five minutes per detainee for issuing books. | |
| b. Do not escort interrogators, if they have the | | b. Do not escort interrogators, if they have the | |
| proper ID, in the blocks. The Block NCO will greet | | proper ID, in the blocks. The Block NCO will greet | |
| them and they will have complete access to the | | them and they will have complete access to the | |
| detainees. | | detainees. | |
|
| | | | |
| c. Visitors to the blocks are not required to be in | | c. Visitors to the blocks are not required to be in | |
| uniform, such as civilian interpreters working with | | uniform, such as civilian interpreters working with | |
| interrogators or contractors. | | interrogators or contractors. | |
| d. Each mail clerk will be allowed to issue up to | | d. Each mail clerk will be allowed to issue up to | |
|
| five pens to detainees. These pens must be collected | | five safety pens to detainees. These pens must be | |
| prior to the mail clerk leaving the block. The mail | | collected prior to the mail clerk leaving the block. The | |
| clerk will keep the Block NCO informed of who has a | | mail clerk will keep the Block NCO informed of who | |
| pen and number issued. If the mail clerk is unable to | | has a pen and number issued. If the mail clerk is | |
| retrieve a pen from a detainee, the mail clerk will | | unable to retrieve a pen from a detainee, the mail clerk | |
| immediately inform the Block NCO. | | will immediately inform the Block NCO. | |
| 6-13. Library Books | | 6-13. Library Books | |
| a. Do not allow the passing of detainee library | | a. Do not allow the passing of detainee library | |
| books among detainees. | | books among detainees. | |
| b. MPs will not remove library books from a | | b. MPs will not remove library books from a | |
| detainee’s cell except for disciplinary reasons. | | detainee’s cell except for disciplinary reasons. | |
| c. If removed for disciplinary reasons, do not place | | c. If removed for disciplinary reasons, do not place | |
| the book on top of the cells with other comfort items | | the book on top of the cells with other comfort items | |
| removed. Place the library book on the block table | | removed. Place the library book on the block table | |
| where the librarian will pick up the book during | | where the librarian will pick up the book during | |
| rounds. | | rounds. | |
| d. Notify the DOC of any uncollected books. | | d. Notify the DOC of any uncollected books. | |
| e. If the librarian is unavailable to collect the books, | | e. If the librarian is unavailable to collect the books, | |
| turn them into the DOC to prevent weather damage. | | turn them into the DOC to prevent weather damage. | |
|
| f. Do not count library books that have an id that | | | |
| start with an “I” are intelligence directed reading | | | |
| material and as a library book. Coordinate with the | | | |
| DOC when collecting these books. | | | |
| 6-14. Medical Appointments | | 6-14. Medical Appointments | |
| a. If medical says that they must be at the | | a. If medical says that they must be at the | |
| appointment, then the detainee cannot refuse and must | | appointment, then the detainee cannot refuse and must | |
| go. | | go. | |
| b. If medical says it can wait another day (minor | | b. If medical says it can wait another day (minor | |
| medical issue), allow the detainee to refuse, however; | | medical issue), allow the detainee to refuse, however; | |
| they will be disciplined for failure to obey. | | they will be disciplined for failure to obey. | |
| Section III – Documentation and Reporting | | Section III – Documentation and Reporting | |
|
| 6-15. Block Documentation | | 6-15. Block Documentation Detainee Information | |
| a. All documentation filled out on the block must be | | Management System DIMS | |
| specific and complete. Reference ISNs when | | a. All data entries via DIMS must be specific and | |
| discussing a cell occupied by an individual. All | | complete. Reference ISNs when discussing a cell | |
| documentation needs to answer Who, What, When, | | occupied by an individual. All documentation needs to | |
| Where, Why, and How. Annotate all visits by non- | | answer Who, What, When, Where, Why, and How. | |
| block personnel in the block logbook. | | Annotate all visits by non-block personnel in DIMS. | |
| b. Documentation that stays with the detainee | | b. Documentation that stays with the detainee | |
|
| (1) Field File. Each detainee will have a brown | | (1) Detainee ID card: The detainee’s ID contains | |
| field file that will contain the detainee’s name, ISN, | | | |
| spoken language, and any cautionary medical | | | |
| conditions (such as hepatitis or tuberculosis) on the | | | |
| cover. The ISN will be on the tab. When an escort | | | |
| team arrives on the block to make a permanent move, | | | |
| the Block NCO will pull the detainee field file and the | | | |
| escort team will carry the file with them to the | | | |
| detainee’s new assigned location. This will insure all | | | |
| detainee information will follow the detainee. Inside | | | |
| the file will be the following sections: | | | |
| (a) Page one: Detainee Information Sheet. The | | | |
| detainee information sheet will contain a picture, vital | | | |
| information about the detainee, and any detainee | | | |
| specific information not covered on any of the below | | | |
| forms; i.e. Likes to tell jokes. | | | |
| (b) Page two: Detainee Supply Roster. A | | | |
| current listing of authorized items a detainee can | | | |
| possess according to the current block level. Use the | | | |
| Supply Roster to inventory all detainee property. To | | | |
| be used in conjunction with cell searches. It will | | | |
| remain in the field folder until full, at which point, it | | | |
| will be turned in to the DOC and replaced with a new | | | |
| sheet. | | | |
| (c) Page three: DD 508s. List all detainee | | | |
| discipline on a DD 508. The PL will sign his name in | | | |
| the Confinement Officer block. The JDOG S-3 will | | | |
| sign as the confinement officer. Maintain the original | | | |
| in the detainee’s permanent record and the copy on the | | | |
| block. Return this form to the DOC upon completion | | | |
| of discipline. | | | |
| (d) Page four: CD-S341s and CD-S319. All | | | |
| MSU blocks will utilize a CD-S341 to document the | | | |
| welfare of the detainee. Guards will continuously walk | | | |
| the block and document the conducted checks every 10 | | | |
| minutes on CD-S341. PL and SOG will check the CD- | | | |
| S341 throughout the shift. Any detainee on self-harm | | | |
| watch will require the use of CD-S319. All self-harm | | | |
| watch detainees will be continuously observed and | | | |
| actions documented every 15 minutes. Turn in these | | | |
| forms to the DOC when the discipline or self-harm | | | |
| period ends. CD-S341s will stay on the block for | | | |
| lesser of 30 days or until the completion of the | | | |
| detainee’s time in MSU. The CD-S319 will stay on the | | | |
| block for the lesser of the completion of the self-harm | | | |
| watch or seven days. | | | |
| (e) Page five: Detainee Refusal Tracking | | | |
| Record. Used to document the time, date, current | | | |
| location, and what, a detainee refused. When full, turn | | | |
| into the DOC and replace it with a new sheet. | | | |
| (f) Page six: Detainee Medical Request | | | |
| Complaints Form. Kept in detainee field file and used | | | |
| to document date, time, current location and all | | | |
| detainee non-urgent medical requests. Includes a block | | | |
| for medical personnel to document remarks and | | | |
| date/time detainee was seen. Document all medical | | | |
| refusals on this form. When full, turn into the DOC | | | |
| and replace it with a new sheet. | | | |
| (2) Detainee ID card: The detainee’s ID contains | | | |
| the detainee’s picture, name, ISN, spoken language, | | the detainee’s picture, name, ISN, spoken language, | |
| and any cautionary medical conditions. When an | | and any cautionary medical conditions. When an | |
| escort team arrives to escort a detainee of any | | escort team arrives to escort a detainee of any | |
| nonpermanent move, the Block NCO will pull the | | nonpermanent move, the Block NCO will pull the | |
| detainee’s ID card and the escort team will carry the ID | | detainee’s ID card and the escort team will carry the ID | |
| as long as they escort that detainee. While the detainee | | as long as they escort that detainee. While the detainee | |
|
| | | | |
| is gone, fill the empty card slot with a business card, | | is gone, fill the empty card slot with a business card, | |
| containing detainee’s ISN, departure time, and | | containing detainee’s ISN, departure time, and | |
| destination of the escort team. Upon the return of the | | destination of the escort team. Upon the return of the | |
| escort team, return the detainee’s ID card to the slot in | | escort team, return the detainee’s ID card to the slot in | |
| the block notebook and place the business card in a | | the block notebook and place the business card in a | |
| burn bag. | | burn bag. | |
|
| c. Block Documentation that stays on the block | | (2) Guard Mount Messages. Each block NCO | |
| (1) Detainee Behavioral Tracking. Every shift | | at the beginning of shift will ensure that guard mount | |
| will fill out the detainee Behavioral Tracking form and | | messages have been reviewed and briefed to all | |
| leave it in the block notebook for the on coming shift to | | assigned block personnel. Examples of guard mount | |
| reference. Turn this form to the DOC every Sunday on | | messages include but are not limited to additional | |
| swing shift. | | menu items in DIMS. | |
| (2) Pass-On Book. Each block will maintain a | | (a) Changes to showers and exercise start and | |
| pass-on book to provide a means to pass on | | end times along with cells that were done | |
| information. Obtain new pass-on books from the DOC | | (b) Detainee menu and meal start and end times | |
| and turn in completed pass-on books to the DOC. Use | | (c) Giving and taking Comfort Items (IAW | |
| highlighters to mark pertinent information. Examples | | Chapter 8, Camp Delta SOP) | |
| of activities include but are not limited to the | | (d) Clothing and linen exchange conducted | |
| following: | | (e) Which ISNs refused and accepted hair cuts | |
| (a) All detainee movements | | (f) Library books received and/or returned | |
| (b) Shower/recreation start and end times | | (g) When writing material such as pens and paper | |
| (c) Work orders submitted and completed | | are received or returned | |
| (d) Discipline incidents | | (h) All searches of detainees and cells. (i) | |
| (e) Detainee request for Chaplin, ICRC, or | | Any time a detainee refuses to allow his Koran to be | |
| reservation | | searched | |
| (f) Chaplin or Library visits | | (j) All instances in which a detainee is required | |
| (g) Head counts | | to kneel in order to allow guards to apply restraints | |
| (h) Visits by any non-block personnel such as | | (k) All instances in which a detainee is missing a | |
| SOG | | clothing / linen item | |
| (i) Cells that exchanged linen | | (l) All visits to the block by any personnel not | |
| (j) Cells that went to shower and/or recreation | | assigned to the block | |
| Do not use any of the following phrases in pass-on | | (m) Any cells that are inoperable. Note the date | |
| books or block logs: | | and time called in to the DOC | |
| (a) Suicide attempt | | (n) Repair and Utility work orders initialized and | |
| (b) Suicide gesture | | date / time work was completed on the block | |
| (c) Suicide ideation | | | |
| Use the phrase “self-injurious behavior” in all | | (o) Any repair work that is completed (reference | |
| documentation. | | the original work order), and the date and time that the | |
| | | DOC is notified that the work has been completed | |
| | | (p) All missing or non-serviceable equipment. | |
| | | Note the date and time that this information was | |
| | | reported to the SOG and DOC | |
| | | (q) Supply requests. Note the date / time that the | |
| | | request was submitted to the SOG. | |
| | | (r) At the beginning of shift, the rank, name, and | |
| | | unit of all guard personnel from the off-going shift and | |
| | | those of the on-coming shift will be annotated. | |
| | | (s) Annotate the rank, name, and unit of all relief | |
| | | personnel, along with the times they arrive | |
| | | (t) Physical security discrepancies and concerns. | |
| | | (u) All detainee movement onto and off the block | |
| | | (v) The conduct of a headcount | |
| | | (w)An incident that requires discipline of a | |
| | | detainee. | |
| d. Documentation that is turned to Command Post | | d. Documentation that is turned to Command Post | |
|
| (1) Repair and Utilities Work Order Request. | | (1) Repair and Utilities(R&U) Work Order | |
| | | Request. | |
| Used to document and request any repair work needed | | Used to document and request any repair work needed | |
|
| on the block. Requests will be completed, logged in | | on the block. Requests will be completed and logged | |
| the pass-on book, and turned in at the end of shift. Not | | into DIMS. Note the short version of the ISN on any | |
| the short version of the ISN on any occupied cell that | | occupied cell that requires repair. | |
| requires repair. Log any completed work order that in | | (2) DA 2823. The guard who is reporting the | |
| the pass-on book and the DOC notified. | | | |
| (2) DA 2823. The MP who is reporting the | | | |
| incident (the one who was spit on, threatened, hit, | | incident (the one who was spit on, threatened, hit, | |
| kicked, etc.) will complete a sworn statement as soon | | kicked, etc.) will complete a sworn statement as soon | |
|
| as possible and have it sworn by the PL. If that MP is | | as possible and have it sworn by the PL. If that guard | |
| not available (hospitalized, etc), the SOG will complete | | is not available (hospitalized, etc), the SOG will | |
| the sworn statement and include the reason for the | | complete the sworn statement and include the reason | |
| Block Guard not completing it. The SOG or PL will | | for the guard not completing it. The SOG or PL will | |
| ensure the completeness and accuracy of the DA 2823 | | ensure the completeness and accuracy of the DA 2823 | |
|
| before it is complete. See the example in Appendix D | | before it is complete. See the example in the block | |
| for a properly filled out DA 2823. | | training tasks binder for a properly filled out DA 2823. | |
| | | Block 4 of the DA 2823 will contain the date, time and | |
| | | full ISN in the format of YYMMDD-HHMM-ISN. | |
| (3) DA 4137. Complete an Evidence/Property | | (3) DA 4137. Complete an Evidence/Property | |
| Custody Document to document the chain of custody | | Custody Document to document the chain of custody | |
| and turn in of evidence or contraband seized at Camp | | and turn in of evidence or contraband seized at Camp | |
| Delta. Turn in the DA 4137 and evidence/contraband | | Delta. Turn in the DA 4137 and evidence/contraband | |
| to the MPI section. The MPI section will determine if | | to the MPI section. The MPI section will determine if | |
| the items are evidence or contraband. Properly mark | | the items are evidence or contraband. Properly mark | |
|
| all evidence and contraband before submission. | | all evidence and contraband before submission. The | |
| Examples of potential evidence include but are not | | block containing the MPR/CID Sequence number will | |
| limited to the following: | | contain the date, time and full ISN in the format of | |
| | | YYMMDD-HHMM-ISN. Examples of potential | |
| | | evidence include but are not limited to the following: | |
| (a) Evidence classified as “dangerous | | (a) Evidence classified as “dangerous | |
| contraband” | | contraband” | |
| (b) Videotape of IRF movements or disturbances | | (b) Videotape of IRF movements or disturbances | |
| (c) Evidence seized from a suicide attempt. | | (c) Evidence seized from a suicide attempt. | |
| Examples of potential contraband include but are not | | Examples of potential contraband include but are not | |
| limited to the following: | | limited to the following: | |
| (a) Drawings | | (a) Drawings | |
| (b) Modified items of linen | | (b) Modified items of linen | |
| (c) Writing on cups. | | (c) Writing on cups. | |
|
| (4) ID Band or Card Request. Used to request | | (5) DIMS Significant Activities Sheet. Used to | |
| new detainee ID Bands or Cards. Noted in the pass-on | | track significant activities in blocks for JDOG S-2. | |
| book and turned in to the DOC at the end of shift. | | Examples of significant activities include but are not | |
| (5) Significant Activities Sheet. Used to track | | limited to the following: | |
| significant activities in blocks for JDOG S-2. Turn in | | | |
| to the DOC at the end of each shift. Examples of | | | |
| significant activities include but are not limited to the | | | |
| following: | | | |
| (a) Assault. | | (a) Assault. | |
| (b) Making Weapons. | | (b) Making Weapons. | |
| (c) Harms Himself. | | (c) Harms Himself. | |
| (d) Harassing Guard. | | (d) Harassing Guard. | |
| (e) Banging Cell. | | (e) Banging Cell. | |
|
| (f) Failure To Comply, or Anything The Guard | | (f) Failure To Comply. | |
| (g) Deems to Be A Hostile Act | | (g) Hostile Acts. | |
| (h) Extreme Emotion. | | (h) Extreme Emotion. | |
|
| (i) Doing PT In Cell. | | (i) Unauthorized PT In Cell. | |
| (j) Fasting. | | (j) Fasting. | |
| (k) Showing Reverence To Another Detainee. | | (k) Showing Reverence To Another Detainee. | |
| (l) Inciting Disturbance. | | (l) Inciting Disturbance. | |
| (m) Leading Prayer/PT. | | (m) Leading Prayer/PT. | |
| (n) Teaching/Preaching. | | (n) Teaching/Preaching. | |
| (o) Verbal- Same Block/Cross Block. | | (o) Verbal- Same Block/Cross Block. | |
| (p) Sign Language. | | (p) Sign Language. | |
| (q) Passing Notes On Paper, Foam Cups, Etc. | | (q) Passing Notes On Paper, Foam Cups, Etc. | |
| (r) Requests Interpreter. | | (r) Requests Interpreter. | |
| (s) Requests Chaplain. | | (s) Requests Chaplain. | |
|
| (t) Requests To See JIIF. | | (t) Requests Reservation and reason why. | |
| (u) Refuses Meals. | | (u) Refuses Meals and reason why. | |
| (v) Refuses Shower And Recreation Time. | | (v) Refuses Shower And Exercise Time and | |
| (w)Refuses Meds. | | reason why. | |
| | | (w)Refuses Meds and reason why. | |
| (x) Lookouts | | (x) Lookouts | |
| (y) Instigators | | (y) Instigators | |
| (z) Visits by JDOG/non-JDOG personnel (VIPs, | | (z) Visits by JDOG/non-JDOG personnel (VIPs, | |
| etc.) | | etc.) | |
| (aa) Communication to detainees on other blocks | | (aa) Communication to detainees on other blocks | |
|
| | | (bb) The above list is not all-inclusive. The guard | |
| (bb) The above list is not all-inclusive. MP | | | |
| should feel free to use his/her judgment and report | | should feel free to use his/her judgment and report | |
|
| anything he/she feels may be of importance.. | | anything he/she feels may be of importance. | |
| (6) Daily Block NCO Checklist. Used to ensure | | (6) Daily Block NCO Checklist. Used to ensure | |
| each shift conducts all inspections, inventories. | | each shift conducts all inspections, inventories. | |
|
| (7) Detainee Alpha Roster. Used to insure the | | Checklists will be turned into the SOG at the end of | |
| Block NCO knows the total number of and the ISNs of | | each shift. | |
| all detainees that he/she is responsible for when | | (7) DIMS Detainee Alpha Roster. Used to insure | |
| assuming shift. | | the Block NCO knows the total number of and the | |
| | | ISNs of all detainees that he/she is responsible for | |
| | | when assuming shift. | |
| | | d. The Block NCO checklist, will be collected by | |
| | | each camp's SOG and turned in to DOC prior to | |
| | | leaving. | |
| | | g. After completing the work order form, the | |
| | | Block NCOs will turn it in to work order box in DOC. | |
| | | These will not wait until end of shift. | |
| | | . SOGs and PLs are to spot check books to ensure | |
| | | old paperwork has been turned in. COs will spot-check | |
| | | the SOGs and PLs. The Detainee Services Branch | |
| | | (DSB) will conduct periodic audits for old paperwork. | |
| | | | |
| 6-16. Passive Intelligence Collection | | 6-16. Passive Intelligence Collection | |
|
| a. The MP Guard force is tasked with “passively” | | a. The guard force is tasked with “passively” | |
| looking for items of intelligence value and reporting it | | looking for items of intelligence value and reporting it | |
|
| via the Significant Activities Sheet (SIGACT). | | via the Significant Activities Sheet in DIMS. | |
| b. The following is a list of pertinent information | | b. The following is a list of pertinent information | |
| needed: | | needed: | |
|
| (1) Associations between detainees. | | (1) Associations between detainees. Who is the | |
| | | leader and who is the follower? | |
| (2) Association with other detainees prior to | | (2) Association with other detainees prior to | |
| capture. | | capture. | |
| (3) Identity of formal and informal leaders of | | (3) Identity of formal and informal leaders of | |
| each block. | | each block. | |
| (4) Conversations that entail threats to US | | (4) Conversations that entail threats to US | |
| personnel and/or assets. | | personnel and/or assets. | |
| (5) Discussion or planning of terrorist activity. | | (5) Discussion or planning of terrorist activity. | |
| (6) Discussion or planning of escape. | | (6) Discussion or planning of escape. | |
| (7) Location of leaders in other countries. | | (7) Location of leaders in other countries. | |
| (8) Information regarding all activity outside | | (8) Information regarding all activity outside | |
| camp. | | camp. | |
| (9) History of each detainee (things that can be | | (9) History of each detainee (things that can be | |
| exploited by interrogators). | | exploited by interrogators). | |
| (10) Do the detainees have access to outside | | (10) Do the detainees have access to outside | |
| sources of information? What are they? | | sources of information? What are they? | |
|
| (11) Anything else significant to the security of | | (11) Destruction of property. | |
| | | (12) Anything else significant to the security of | |
| US personnel/assets here or abroad. | | US personnel/assets here or abroad. | |
| c. Collection efforts | | c. Collection efforts | |
| (1) Do not question detainees, other than for | | (1) Do not question detainees, other than for | |
| clarification of a statement. | | clarification of a statement. | |
| (2) Do not initiate questioning, unless directed to | | (2) Do not initiate questioning, unless directed to | |
| by CI Agent from JDOG S-2/J-2 JTF-GTMO. | | by CI Agent from JDOG S-2/J-2 JTF-GTMO. | |
| (3) Listen to conversations while on the blocks | | (3) Listen to conversations while on the blocks | |
| during an interpreter’s routine interpretation call. | | during an interpreter’s routine interpretation call. | |
| (4) Do not show indication that you are listening | | (4) Do not show indication that you are listening | |
| or watching for intelligence collection purposes. | | or watching for intelligence collection purposes. | |
| (5) Make mental notes, or if the situation allows, | | (5) Make mental notes, or if the situation allows, | |
| take written notes. | | take written notes. | |
| (6) Do not hesitate to call for interpreters; they | | (6) Do not hesitate to call for interpreters; they | |
| are there for your benefit. | | are there for your benefit. | |
|
| (7) Fill out a Significant Activities Sheet and turn | | (7) Be sure to include the ISN# and date time | |
| into the DOC or drop off at JDOG S-2 office. | | | |
| (8) Be sure to include the ISN# and date time | | | |
| group when noting a particular detainee’s activity. | | group when noting a particular detainee’s activity. | |
|
| (9) As you spend more time with the detainees | | (8) As you spend more time with the detainees | |
| than any other group, you are the best source of | | than any other group, you are the best source of | |
| indicators on mood, leadership, group dynamics, and | | indicators on mood, leadership, group dynamics, and | |
|
| antiterrorism/force protection information | | antiterrorism/force protection information. | |
| | | (9) There is always significant activity occurring | |
| | | on a block. There should be no DIMS SIGACT sheet | |
| | | filled out with “Nothing to report”. | |
| 6-17. Cell Block Report | | 6-17. Cell Block Report | |
|
| a. The Block NCOIC, or senior block guard when | | a. The Block NCOIC, or senior guard when Block | |
| Block NCOIC is not present, will report the status of | | NCOIC is not present, will report the status of the | |
| the block to the SOG, PL, CO, JDOG S3, DCJDOG, | | block to the SOG, PL, CO, JDOG S3, DCJDOG, | |
| CJDOG, or CJTF when these individuals visit the | | CJDOG, or CJTF when these individuals visit the | |
| block. | | block. | |
| b. Required items to report are: | | b. Required items to report are: | |
| (1) Block name | | (1) Block name | |
|
| (2) Number of detainees assigned | | (2) Level of the block | |
| (3) Number of detainees present and the location | | (3) Number of detainees assigned | |
| | | (4) Number of detainees present and the location | |
| of the detainees currently not on the block | | of the detainees currently not on the block | |
|
| (4) Number of MPs assigned | | (5) Number of guards assigned | |
| (5) Number of MPs present | | (6) Number of guards present | |
| (6) Detainees with a self-harm history | | (7) By ISN, detainees with a self-harm history | |
| | | (8) By ISN, detainees scheduled for reservation | |
| | | and at what time. | |
| | | (9) Training tasks for soldiers on the block for the | |
| | | shift | |
| | | (10) Any special problems or concerns such as | |
| | | detainees on hunger strike or mass meal refusals. | |
| | | c. The Block NCOIC will notify the DOC whenever | |
| | | a VIP or DV visits the block. | |
| | | d. The block will be called to attention whenever an | |
| | | O-6 or the civilian equivalent arrives on the block. | |
| Section IV – Block Maintenance | | Section IV – Block Maintenance | |
| 6-18. Inspections and Inventories | | 6-18. Inspections and Inventories | |
| a. Conduct inspections upon assumption of the | | a. Conduct inspections upon assumption of the | |
| block with the off-going Block NCO to verify the | | block with the off-going Block NCO to verify the | |
| security of all the locks, the discipline documentation | | security of all the locks, the discipline documentation | |
| and actions are correct (CI removed when designated, | | and actions are correct (CI removed when designated, | |
| etc.) If the Block NCO signs for deficient equipment, | | etc.) If the Block NCO signs for deficient equipment, | |
| the current Block NCO is responsible for its condition, | | the current Block NCO is responsible for its condition, | |
| regardless of whether it occurred on the current shift or | | regardless of whether it occurred on the current shift or | |
| a previous shift. | | a previous shift. | |
| b. Conduct inventories upon assumption of the | | b. Conduct inventories upon assumption of the | |
| block with the off-going Block NCO to verify all block | | block with the off-going Block NCO to verify all block | |
| equipment is present and serviceable. Note all non- | | equipment is present and serviceable. Note all non- | |
|
| serviceable equipment in the pass-on book and turned | | serviceable equipment in DIMS | |
| into DOC with the off going shift. | | | |
| c. The swing shift Block NCOICs on Sunday will | | c. The swing shift Block NCOICs on Sunday will | |
| ensure all locks are functional during the shift. | | ensure all locks are functional during the shift. | |
|
| 6-19. Cell/Block Cleaning Wash out the block and/or | | d. Each shift will conduct a block inspection | |
| individual cells using the water hose, a mop, and a mild | | utilizing the checklist In DIMS follow directions on the | |
| cleaning solution every Sunday on midnight shift or as | | checklist for any deficiencies found. | |
| necessary. | | 6-19. Block Maintenance | |
| | | a. Wash out the block and/or individual cells using | |
| | | the water hose, a mop, and a mild cleaning solution | |
| | | every midnight shift or as necessary. | |
| | | b. Each shift will be responsible for conducting its | |
| | | portion of the block PMCS and security checklist. | |
| 6-20. Equipment Maintenance | | 6-20. Equipment Maintenance | |
|
| a. Check the block equipment used by the MPs for | | a. Check the block equipment used by the guards | |
| damage and inoperability during mid-shift. Turn in | | for damage and inoperability during mid-shift. Turn in | |
| any broken equipment to the DOC and a submit | | any broken equipment to the DOC and a submit | |
| replacement requisition. | | replacement requisition. | |
| b. Midnight shift will oil and clean all block | | b. Midnight shift will oil and clean all block | |
|
| equipment used by the MPs. | | equipment used by the guards. | |
| | | | |
| Section V – Detainees | | Section V – Detainees | |
| 6-21. Detainee Standards of Conduct | | 6-21. Detainee Standards of Conduct | |
| a. Military and civilian staff members will address | | a. Military and civilian staff members will address | |
| detainees by the detainee’s cell number or ISN. | | detainees by the detainee’s cell number or ISN. | |
| b. Detainees will obey promptly and fully all | | b. Detainees will obey promptly and fully all | |
| instructions or orders given by civilian or military | | instructions or orders given by civilian or military | |
| personnel. If orders conflict, obey the last order given. | | personnel. If orders conflict, obey the last order given. | |
| c. All persons, places, and property are subject to | | c. All persons, places, and property are subject to | |
| search or inspection at any time, by any staff member | | search or inspection at any time, by any staff member | |
| in the performance of their duties. All property may be | | in the performance of their duties. All property may be | |
| | | | |
| skipping to change at line 2582 | | skipping to change at line 3147 | |
| Section V – Detainees | | Section V – Detainees | |
| 6-21. Detainee Standards of Conduct | | 6-21. Detainee Standards of Conduct | |
| a. Military and civilian staff members will address | | a. Military and civilian staff members will address | |
| detainees by the detainee’s cell number or ISN. | | detainees by the detainee’s cell number or ISN. | |
| b. Detainees will obey promptly and fully all | | b. Detainees will obey promptly and fully all | |
| instructions or orders given by civilian or military | | instructions or orders given by civilian or military | |
| personnel. If orders conflict, obey the last order given. | | personnel. If orders conflict, obey the last order given. | |
| c. All persons, places, and property are subject to | | c. All persons, places, and property are subject to | |
| search or inspection at any time, by any staff member | | search or inspection at any time, by any staff member | |
| in the performance of their duties. All property may be | | in the performance of their duties. All property may be | |
|
| | | | |
| searched for contraband. Each detainee is responsible | | searched for contraband. Each detainee is responsible | |
| for all items within their assigned cell or on their | | for all items within their assigned cell or on their | |
| person. All suspicious items will be seized for | | person. All suspicious items will be seized for | |
| evaluation as evidence. When a search or inspection is | | evaluation as evidence. When a search or inspection is | |
| conducted of any area under the control of the US | | conducted of any area under the control of the US | |
| Army, inside or outside the facility boundaries, | | Army, inside or outside the facility boundaries, | |
| detainee(s) will not observe, view, stand, or pass by the | | detainee(s) will not observe, view, stand, or pass by the | |
| search area. | | search area. | |
|
| | | d. Detainees may only hang wet clothing and linen | |
| | | items in cell windows so that they may dry. Once dry, | |
| | | they must be removed. Blankets or sheets may be | |
| | | temporarily hung up, no higher than half way up the | |
| | | cell walls, to provide privacy while using the toilet. | |
| | | Once the detainee has completed using the toilet, the | |
| | | blankets and sheets must be taken down. | |
| 6-22. Detainee Identification Band | | 6-22. Detainee Identification Band | |
| a. All detainees will be issued a picture | | a. All detainees will be issued a picture | |
|
| identification Band. Identification bands are a part of | | identification band. Identification bands are a part of | |
| the detainee uniform and will be worn at all times | | the detainee uniform and will be worn at all times | |
| except when collected by a cadre member, for | | except when collected by a cadre member, for | |
| accountability or safety reasons. | | accountability or safety reasons. | |
| b. The badge will be worn attached to the left arm | | b. The badge will be worn attached to the left arm | |
| so that the band remains visible. Detainees are not | | so that the band remains visible. Detainees are not | |
| authorized to wear identification bands in any other | | authorized to wear identification bands in any other | |
| manner. Detainees will exercise reasonable care to | | manner. Detainees will exercise reasonable care to | |
| protect their band from damage, loss, and theft. | | protect their band from damage, loss, and theft. | |
| c. Identification bands will not be switched, | | c. Identification bands will not be switched, | |
| defaced, altered, or tampered with in any manner. If a | | defaced, altered, or tampered with in any manner. If a | |
| badge is lost, stolen, or damaged, the detainee will | | badge is lost, stolen, or damaged, the detainee will | |
| IMMEDIATELY report it to a staff member. Losing or | | IMMEDIATELY report it to a staff member. Losing or | |
| damaging a badge will result in disciplinary action. | | damaging a badge will result in disciplinary action. | |
| 6-23. Uniform and Dress Rules | | 6-23. Uniform and Dress Rules | |
|
| a. Detainee uniforms will be worn as a duty/work | | . | |
| uniform, with the outer shirt worn untucked. | | a. If a detainee uniform is damaged or does not fit | |
| b. The wearing of sleeves rolled up or worn down is | | properly, the detainee must notify his guard | |
| not authorized. Trousers will be the proper length and | | immediately. | |
| worn properly (waistband worn at the waist; not on the | | b. Mutilation or unauthorized alteration of clothing | |
| hips or buttocks), rolling of the legs are not authorized, | | | |
| and they will not be cuffed. If a detainee uniform is | | | |
| damaged or does not fit properly, the detainee must | | | |
| notify his Block Guard immediately. Display of any | | | |
| items outside the uniform pockets is prohibited (e.g., | | | |
| handkerchief). | | | |
| c. Mutilation or unauthorized alteration of clothing | | | |
| (i.e., tapering of trousers and cutting/tearing of T- | | (i.e., tapering of trousers and cutting/tearing of T- | |
| shirts) or making unauthorized markings or lettering on | | shirts) or making unauthorized markings or lettering on | |
|
| any part of the uniform is prohibited. Clothing will be | | any part of the uniform is prohibited. | |
| worn in the manner for which it was designed. There | | c. Detainees within camps 1,2 and 3, regardless of | |
| will be no additional creases in the uniform. | | their discipline level or block assignment may remove | |
| d. At a minimum, detainees will be dressed in PT | | their orange suit top while in their cell or while in | |
| shorts, orange suit top and shower shoes. | | exercise. | |
| | | d. Detainees who are scheduled for any appointment | |
| | | will be dressed in long pants, orange top and shower | |
| | | shoes. | |
| e. Headbands, decorative beads, earrings, threads, | | e. Headbands, decorative beads, earrings, threads, | |
| symbols, etc. or decorative clothing, are not authorized | | symbols, etc. or decorative clothing, are not authorized | |
| for wear. | | for wear. | |
|
| f. Religious apparel, when worn, will be neat and | | f. Religious apparel will be neat and conservative, | |
| conservative, approved by the CJDOG, and concealed | | and concealed inside of the orange shirt at all times. | |
| inside of the orange shirt at all times. For operational or | | For operational or safety reasons, the CJDOG may | |
| safety reasons, the JDOG may place reasonable limits | | place reasonable limits on the wear of religious | |
| on the wear of items of religious apparel. | | apparel. | |
| 6-24. Personal Hygiene and Appearance | | 6-24. Detainees with Prosthetics | |
| a. Detainees are required to maintain good daily | | a. The medical staff is responsible for the | |
| hygiene and a clean and groomed appearance at all | | following: | |
| times. Detainees will shower. The detainee will ensure | | (1) Fitting detainees for prosthetic devices. | |
| that their clothing is clean, neat and in good repair. | | (2) Acquiring proper footwear for detainees with | |
| b. Fingernails will be kept clean and neatly | | prosthetic legs. | |
| trimmed. Fingernails will not extend past the end of the | | (3) Training each amputee utilizing prosthetics. | |
| fingertips. | | b. The guards are responsible for monitoring | |
| c. Detainee’s hair will be clean and neatly groomed | | detainees with prosthetics for potential misuse or | |
| at all times. Extreme or fad style haircuts or hairstyles | | malicious intent. | |
| are not authorized. | | c. Once detainees have met the required capability | |
| d. Detainees are not allowed to color their hair. | | level, the detainee will be authorized to keep his | |
| | | prosthetic leg(s) and/or arms in his cell. | |
| | | d. Detainees will be briefed by medical personnel | |
| | | on the rules for keeping his prosthetics on his person. | |
| | | They will also be briefed on the actions that could | |
| | | cause the limb to be taken from him. | |
| | | e. Detainees with prosthetic legs will also receive | |
| | | shoes for wear. All shoes will be slip-ons and no shoe | |
| | | will be given to a detainee with laces. | |
| | | f. Detainees with prosthetics will be given a bucket | |
| | | to be used to assist in personal hygiene. | |
| | | 6-25. Detainees Requiring Walker and Bedside | |
| | | Commodes | |
| | | a. The medical staff is responsible for the | |
| | | following: | |
| | | (1) Insuring that detainees requiring the use of a | |
| | | walker can function unassisted once given the walker | |
| | | by a guard. | |
| | | (2) Acquiring elevated commodes for detainees | |
| | | unable to use the current toilet system. | |
| | | (3) Training each detainee to be independent | |
| | | within the regular cell. | |
| | | b. The guards are responsible for the following: | |
| | | (1) Providing walker(s) as needed by detainee | |
| | | and retrieving the walker when it is not in use. | |
| | | (2) Monitoring detainees with walkers and | |
| | | elevated commodes, insuring the items are used | |
| | | properly and not with malicious intent. | |
| | | c. Each detainee will undergo training to insure that | |
| | | he is capable of functioning with a walker and | |
| | | | |
| | | unassisted by guards. If a detainee must use a walker | |
| | | to get to the elevated commode, he should also be able | |
| | | to dispose of the waste into the standard toilet without | |
| | | assistance from the guards. If the commodes must be | |
| | | confiscated or handled by a guard for any reason, the | |
| | | detainee will empty the commode and guards will | |
| | | retrieve it with gloves. | |
| | | d. Medical personnel will brief detainees using | |
| | | special accommodations on the rules for keeping an | |
| | | elevated commode and using a walker in the cell. | |
| | | e. Detainee hospital staff will provide training on | |
| | | the use of the elevated commode. Hospital staff will | |
| | | also work with detainees on moving from the bed | |
| | | (rack) to the commode using the walker. | |
| | | f. The detainee hospital will provide the commodes | |
| | | and walkers. Guards will keep the walkers until | |
| | | required by the detainee, and then give it to the | |
| | | detainee. The guards will collect the walker after the | |
| | | detainee is finished with its use. | |
| | | 6-26. Detainee comfort during inclement weather | |
| | | a. During the period form 1 December thru 1 March | |
| | | the MID Shift block NCO’s will ensure that all block | |
| | | personnel working in camps 1, 2 and 3 place the | |
| | | window flaps up at 2300 and bring them back down at | |
| | | 0500. | |
| | | | |
| Chapter 7 | | Chapter 7 | |
| Sally Port Operations | | Sally Port Operations | |
| 7-1. Sally Ports | | 7-1. Sally Ports | |
| a. Sally Port 1. Sally Port Gate 1 is located in | | a. Sally Port 1. Sally Port Gate 1 is located in | |
|
| Camp #1, next to main roadway and is a | | Camp #1, next to main roadway and is the primary | |
| pedestrian/vehicular sally port that will be utilized as | | pedestrian entrance into Camp Delta. The primary | |
| the main pedestrian entrance and exit point for Camp | | mission is to keep the sally port secure and control | |
| Delta. The primary mission is to keep the sally port | | movement through that area for official business only. | |
| secure and control movement through that area for | | It is operational 24 hours per day and 7 days per week, | |
| official business only. It is operational 24 hours per | | face to badge identification and stripe level access | |
| day and 7 days per week. | | required upon entry and exit. | |
| b. Sally Port 3. Sally Port Gate 3 is located in | | b. Sally Port 3. Sally Port Gate 3 is located in | |
| Camp #1 and is a pedestrian/vehicular sally port. The | | Camp #1 and is a pedestrian/vehicular sally port. The | |
| primary mission is to keep the sally port secure and | | primary mission is to keep the sally port secure and | |
| control movement to the DOC and blocks for official | | control movement to the DOC and blocks for official | |
| business only. It is operational 24 hours per day and 7 | | business only. It is operational 24 hours per day and 7 | |
|
| days per week. | | days per week, face to badge identification and stripe | |
| | | level access required upon entry and exit. The only | |
| | | exception is personnel physically escorting a detainee. | |
| c. Sally Port 4. Sally Port Gate 4 is located in | | c. Sally Port 4. Sally Port Gate 4 is located in | |
| Camp #1 and is a pedestrian/vehicular sally port. The | | Camp #1 and is a pedestrian/vehicular sally port. The | |
| primary mission is to keep the sally port secure and | | primary mission is to keep the sally port secure and | |
|
| control movement to Camp I blocks for official | | control movement to Camp 1 for official business only. | |
| business only. It is operational 24 hours per day and 7 | | It is operational 24 hours per day and 7 days per week. | |
| days per week. | | | |
| d. Sally Port 8. Sally Port Gate 8 is located in | | d. Sally Port 8. Sally Port Gate 8 is located in | |
|
| Camp #2, next to the main roadway and is a | | Camp 2,3 next to the main roadway and is the | |
| pedestrian/vehicular sally port. When manned, the | | primary/vehicular sally port. The primary mission is | |
| primary mission is to keep the sally port secure and | | to keep the sally port secure and control vehicular | |
| control vehicular movement into and out of Camp | | movement into and out of Camp Delta. It is | |
| Delta. It is operational from 0600 – 2200 hours 7 days | | operational from 0600 – 1900 hours 7 days per week, | |
| per week. | | face to badge identification and stripe level access | |
| | | required upon entry and exit. | |
| e. Sally Port 9. Sally Port Gate 9 is located in | | e. Sally Port 9. Sally Port Gate 9 is located in | |
|
| Camp #2 and is a pedestrian/vehicular sally port. The | | Camp 2,3 and is a pedestrian/vehicular sally port. The | |
| primary mission is to keep the sally port secure and | | primary mission is to keep the sally port secure and | |
|
| control movement blocks for official business only. It | | control movement within blocks for official business | |
| is operational 24 hours per day and 7 days per week. | | only. It is operational 24 hours per day and 7 days per | |
| | | week, face to badge identification and stripe level | |
| | | access required upon entry and exit. The only | |
| | | exception is personnel physically escorting a detainee. | |
| f. Sally Port 10. Sally Port Gate 10 is located in | | f. Sally Port 10. Sally Port Gate 10 is located in | |
|
| Camp #2 and is a pedestrian/vehicular sally port. The | | Camp 2,3 and is a pedestrian/vehicular sally port. The | |
| primary mission is to keep the sally port secure and | | primary mission is to keep the sally port secure and | |
|
| control movement to Camp II blocks for official | | control movement to Camp 2,3 blocks for official | |
| business only. It is operational 24 hours per day and 7 | | business only. It is operational 24 hours per day and 7 | |
| days per week. | | days per week. | |
| g. Detainee Medical Sally. The detainee Medical | | g. Detainee Medical Sally. The detainee Medical | |
| Gate is located in Camp #1 and is ONLY a pedestrian | | Gate is located in Camp #1 and is ONLY a pedestrian | |
| gate. The primary mission is to control movement into | | gate. The primary mission is to control movement into | |
| the detainee Medical Clinic for official business only. | | the detainee Medical Clinic for official business only. | |
|
| It is operational 24 hours per day and 7 days per week. | | It is operational 7 days a week during detainee sick call | |
| h. JIIF Sally. The JIIF Gate is located in Camp #1, | | from 0830-1800 or during emergency conditions, and | |
| directly across from the DOC, and is ONLY a | | requires face to badge identification and stripe level | |
| pedestrian gate. The primary mission is to control | | access upon entry or exit. | |
| movement into the JIIF for official business only. It is | | h. Roving Sally. The Roving Sallies are located in | |
| operational 24 hours per day and 7 days per week. | | the causeway between the blocks in camps 1,2 and 3. | |
| i. Roving Sally. The Roving Sallys are located in | | They are operational 24 hours per day and 7 days per | |
| the causeway between the blocks in both camps. They | | week. | |
| are operational 24 hours per day and 7 days per week. | | i. A map of Camp Delta is located in Appendix F | |
| j. A map of Camp Delta is located in Appendix F | | | |
| that contains the locations of the sally ports. | | that contains the locations of the sally ports. | |
|
| | | j. When opening the sally port gates for food | |
| | | service, contractor, supply, emergency, or military | |
| | | vehicles, open both halves of the gate. | |
| | | k. All sally ports are responsible for policing the | |
| | | area within the sally port. | |
| | | l. There is no loitering or socializing permitted in or | |
| | | around the sally port. | |
| 7-2. Sally Ports 1 And 8 | | 7-2. Sally Ports 1 And 8 | |
|
| a. Manning. Sally Port Gates 1 and 8 will have two | | a. Manning. Sally Port Gates 1 and 8 will have | |
| MPs assigned to each gate, one NCOIC with one other | | three guards assigned to each gate, one NCOIC with | |
| MP. | | two other guards. | |
| b. Duties and Responsibilities. | | b. Duties and Responsibilities. | |
| (1) NCOIC: | | (1) NCOIC: | |
| (a) Ensure all assigned personnel are thoroughly | | (a) Ensure all assigned personnel are thoroughly | |
| trained and familiar with all JTF-GTMO Regulations, | | trained and familiar with all JTF-GTMO Regulations, | |
|
| SOPs, Policies, and Special Orders/Memorandums | | SOPs, Policies and Memorandums concerning Sally | |
| concerning Sally Port activities. Also, oversee all of | | Port activities. Also, oversee all of that sally port’s | |
| that sally port’s operations. | | operations. | |
| (b) Directly responsible to the SOG for the | | (b) Directly responsible to SOG 3 for the | |
| operation of the sally port gate including daily | | operation of the sally port gate including daily | |
| functional management of the gates and overall | | functional management of the gates and overall | |
| responsibility for their respective Camp Delta sally port | | responsibility for their respective Camp Delta sally port | |
| gate. | | gate. | |
|
| (c) Keep SOG and PL briefed on events. | | (c) Keep SOG 3 and PL briefed on events. | |
| (d) Review the pass-on book from the last two | | (d) Review DIMS from the last two weeks, and | |
| weeks, and be knowledgeable of all scheduled events | | be knowledgeable of all scheduled events (i.e. VIPs, | |
| (i.e. VIPs, chow truck traffic, contractors, | | chow truck traffic, contractors, supply/laundry | |
| supply/laundry vehicles, land-bridge missions, etc.). | | vehicles, land-bridge missions, etc.). | |
| (e) Supervise pedestrian/vehicle searches. | | (e) Supervise pedestrian/vehicle searches. | |
| (f) Ensure an inventory of all sensitive items, | | (f) Ensure an inventory of all sensitive items, | |
| equipment, and keys upon assumption of duties. | | equipment, and keys upon assumption of duties. | |
| (g) Ensure only one vehicle is allowed into the | | (g) Ensure only one vehicle is allowed into the | |
| Sally Port at a time, entering or exiting. | | Sally Port at a time, entering or exiting. | |
| c. Special Instructions. | | c. Special Instructions. | |
| (1) Only one sally port gate will be open at any | | (1) Only one sally port gate will be open at any | |
| given time during operations unless authorized by the | | given time during operations unless authorized by the | |
| CO or JDOG with one exception; both gates will be | | CO or JDOG with one exception; both gates will be | |
| opened for vehicles responding to emergency that are | | opened for vehicles responding to emergency that are | |
| too long to enter the sally port in the normal manner | | too long to enter the sally port in the normal manner | |
| (i.e. fire truck). | | (i.e. fire truck). | |
|
| (2) Sally port personnel will notify the PL and/or | | (2) Sally port personnel will notify the PL, DOC | |
| CO of DV/VIP visits. | | and CO of DV/VIP visits. Use the following call signs | |
| | | for the following VIPs: | |
| | | (a) Zulu 3 – any DV/VIP not listed here | |
| | | (b) Zulu 2 – CJTF-GTMO | |
| | | (c) Zulu 1 – DCJTF-GTMO | |
| | | (d) Zulu Bravo – CJDOG | |
| | | (e) Zulu – DCJDOG. | |
| e. For all personnel and/or equipment that require | | e. For all personnel and/or equipment that require | |
| an escort, log the escort request time the escort and the | | an escort, log the escort request time the escort and the | |
| time the escort arrived. | | time the escort arrived. | |
|
| | | | |
| f. Pedestrian entry/exit. | | f. Pedestrian entry/exit. | |
| (1) Sally port personnel will: | | (1) Sally port personnel will: | |
| (a) Keep the road in front of Sally Port #1 and | | (a) Keep the road in front of Sally Port #1 and | |
| #8 clear of unnecessarily halted vehicles and large | | #8 clear of unnecessarily halted vehicles and large | |
| groups of people. | | groups of people. | |
|
| (b) Require identification from all personnel | | (b) Require identification and stripe level access | |
| attempting to pass through to verify eligibility to pass | | from all personnel attempting to pass through.. | |
| through the sally port. | | (c) Require Courier Orders for all personnel | |
| (c) Maintain a visitor’s logbook. Positively | | carrying a lock bag, containing classified materials. | |
| identify all visitors, including escorted visitors; and | | (d) Maintain a visitor’s logbook and visitor badge | |
| enter into the logbook. The logbook will contain the | | inventories. Positively identify all visitors, including | |
| following information: Name, Rank of visitor, | | escorted visitors; and enter into the logbook. The | |
| Organization, Escort Name, Rank and Organization, | | logbook will contain the following information: Name, | |
| Date/Time In, Date/Time Out. | | rank of visitor, organization, escort team, rank and | |
| (d) Conduct a hands-on badge check of all | | organization, date and time in, date and time out. | |
| pedestrians entering or exiting the sally port. Deny | | (e) Conduct a face to badge check and stripe | |
| access to Camp Delta if badges are expired or not | | level access of all pedestrians to include TCN’s | |
| | | entering or exiting the sally port. Deny access to Camp | |
| physically present. Reference the badge identification | | Delta if badges are expired or not physically present. | |
| sheets in Appendix E to recognize the access level for | | Reference the badge identification sheets in Appendix | |
| each individual entering the facility. Call for | | E to recognize the access level for each individual | |
| appropriate escorts via Escort Control. | | entering the facility. Call for appropriate escorts via | |
| (e) Check all bags entering/exiting the sally port | | Escort Control. | |
| | | (f) Check all bags entering/exiting the sally port | |
| gate. Ensure all government property has a property | | gate. Ensure all government property has a property | |
| pass signed by appropriate personnel prior to exiting | | pass signed by appropriate personnel prior to exiting | |
| the facility. Ensure the authorization for the entry of | | the facility. Ensure the authorization for the entry of | |
| any device capable of recording/relaying information. | | any device capable of recording/relaying information. | |
| Refer to the most updated access roster (i.e. PC | | Refer to the most updated access roster (i.e. PC | |
|
| notebook, cell phone). To request an updated access | | notebook, pagers, cell phone or PDA’s). To request an | |
| roster or clarification of authorization, call the DOC. | | updated access roster or clarification of authorization, | |
| For an unauthorized item, complete a DA 4137 Chain | | call the DOC. For an unauthorized item, complete a | |
| of Custody each item confiscated and kept at the sally | | DA 4137 Chain of Custody each item confiscated and | |
| port until the property is claimed upon exiting the | | kept at the sally port until the property is claimed upon | |
| facility. | | exiting the facility. All classified document pouches | |
| (f) The PL will identify a random number of | | will be checked by feeling the bag for prohibited items. | |
| searches at the beginning of each shift. Randomly | | If something suspicious is found, request that the | |
| search the person identified by this number as they | | individual remove the item from the pouch for | |
| enter the Camp Delta. If the number is 20, then search | | inspection. | |
| every 20th | | (g) The on-duty CO will identify a random | |
| person through the sally port. This search | | number of searches at the beginning of each shift. | |
| will be a pat down search or a hand scanner search. | | Randomly search the person identified by this number | |
| The search will be for items prohibited in the camp. | | as they enter and exit Camp Delta. If the number is 20, | |
| This is in addition to the mandatory check of all bags | | then search every 20th | |
| and carried items. | | person through the sally port. | |
| g. There will be a new placard system put in place | | This search will be a pat down search or a hand scanner | |
| to ensure efficiency of movement through the sally port | | search. The search will be for items prohibited in the | |
| and offset confusion for vehicle access. The placards | | camp. This is in addition to the mandatory check of all | |
| will come in four colors, each denoting access, as well | | bags and carried items. | |
| as identification and search procedures. The four | | (h) Ensure all personnel leaving the facility | |
| categories will be as follows: | | remove the tape covering their nametapes. | |
| (1) Green: Use this color to denote military | | (i) Sally Port 1. This post is located in Camp I, | |
| vehicles and those used to transport military personnel. | | next to the main roadway and is a pedestrian/vehicular | |
| A soldier wearing the military Class A-C duty uniform | | Sally Port 1 is the main entrance and exit point for | |
| will drive vehicles with this placard. Proof of | | Camp Delta. The primary mission is to keep the sally | |
| identification in the form of the JTF-GTMO | | port secure and control movement through that area for | |
| identification card will be the only access media | | | |
| required for entry. No escort is required with this | | | |
| vehicle. Allow vehicles with this placard access | | | |
| through either Sally Port 1 or Sally Port 8. Consider all | | | |
| emergency vehicles in this category. Base Security | | | |
| will still have to secure their weapons in the pistol | | | |
| lockboxes in SP 1. | | | |
| (2) Yellow: Use this color to denote non-tactical | | | |
| government vehicles used on a regular basis in and out | | | |
| of Camp Delta. Examples of these vehicles will be | | | |
| chow vehicles as well as Supply/R&U vehicles. JTF- | | | |
| GTMO identification as well as a cursory vehicle | | | |
| search will be required for all vehicles with this placard | | | |
| each time the vehicle enters the Sally Port. No escort | | | |
| is required with this vehicle. Allow vehicles with this | | | |
| placard access to Camp Delta through Sally Port 8. | | | |
| (3) Purple: Use this color to denote contractor | | | |
| vehicles. Examples of these vehicles are Kvaerner, | | | |
| Brown and Root etc. A systematic search of these | | | |
| vehicles is required, encompassing both the underside | | | |
| and interior of the vehicle. An escort is required for | | | |
| these vehicles before allowing access to Camp Delta. | | | |
| Access to Camp Delta will be through Sally Port 8 for | | | |
| vehicles with this placard. | | | |
| (4) White: This is a temporary placard and will | | | |
| have a DTG written on the placard. These placards are | | | |
| valid for no longer than 8 hours. The DOC will | | | |
| approve any issuance of a temporary placard. Only | | | |
| Sally Port 8 will issue temporary placards. A | | | |
| systematic search is required, encompassing both the | | | |
| underside and interior of the vehicle. An escort is | | | |
| required for these vehicles before allowing access to | | | |
| Camp Delta. The escorts will ensure that the vehicle is | | | |
| out of the camp before the DTG expires on the placard. | | | |
| Access to Camp Delta will be through Sally Port 8 for | | | |
| vehicles with this placard. | | | |
| (5) The DOC will issue all placards except white | | | |
| ones. To receive a placard, the OIC of the organization | | | |
| requesting a placard will send to the JDOG S-3 a | | | |
| memorandum from for approval. The memorandum | | | |
| must contain organization, type of vehicle, license plate | | | |
| number for civilian vehicles, bumper number for | | | |
| military vehicles, and reason for access. | | | |
| (6) Placards will be valid for 90 days from date | | | |
| of issue. Turn in the expired placard to the DOC | | | |
| before issuing a new placard unless it is an initial issue. | | | |
| (7) When discovered, report lost placards to the | | | |
| JDOG S-3. Send a new request memorandum to the | | | |
| JDOG S-3 for approval. | | | |
| (8) A red front license plate with a star on it | | | |
| denoting a General Officer’s vehicle will be the | | | |
| equivalent of a green placard. This access will not | | | |
| expire at any time. | | | |
| h. Sally Port 1. This post is located in Camp I, next | | | |
| to the main roadway and is a pedestrian/vehicular Sally | | | |
| Port 1 is the main entrance and exit point for Camp | | | |
| Delta. The primary mission is to keep the sally port | | | |
| secure and control movement through that area for | | | |
| official business only. This post will be manned 24/7. | | official business only. This post will be manned 24/7. | |
| (1) The only vehicles allowed past Sally Port 1 | | (1) The only vehicles allowed past Sally Port 1 | |
|
| are those that have a requirement to be inside the camp. | | are those that have a requirement and deemed mission | |
| These vehicles will have a green placard. Do not allow | | related. The only exceptions will be emergency | |
| vehicles with any other color placard access through | | | |
| Sally Port 1. The only exceptions will be emergency | | | |
| vehicles (fire, ambulance, police), those transporting | | vehicles (fire, ambulance, police), those transporting | |
|
| VIP (JDOG and higher), and mission specific. Shift | | VIP (JDOG and higher), and mission specific or if | |
| Change vehicles will park across the street on the | | Sally Port 8 is closed for repairs or an accident. Shift | |
| shoulder, offset from the entrance for loading and | | change vehicles may stop and wait along the bus | |
| offloading of personnel, ensuring that the roadway is | | turnaround road in front of Sally Port 1. The driver | |
| not blocked. Being a military or government vehicle in | | must stay with the vehicle. No vehicle will be left | |
| itself is not a sufficient reason for access into the camp. | | unattended on the concrete pad across from sally port 1 | |
| (2) The sentry will keep the road in front of the | | or anywhere on the bus turn around area. Report any | |
| | | violators to the DOC. Being a military or government | |
| | | vehicle in itself is not a sufficient reason for access into | |
| | | the camp. | |
| | | (2) The guard will keep the road in front of the | |
| sally port clear of unnecessarily halted vehicles and | | sally port clear of unnecessarily halted vehicles and | |
|
| large groups of people. The sally port sentry will | | large groups of people. The sally port guard will | |
| require identification from all personnel attempting to | | require face to badge identification and stripe level | |
| gain access to Camp Delta. Sally Port 1 will maintain | | access from all personnel attempting to gain access to | |
| | | Camp Delta. Sally Port 1 will maintain a visitor’s | |
| a visitor’s logbook. All visitors, including escorted | | logbook. All visitors, including escorted visitors; will | |
| visitors; will be positively identified and entered into | | be positively identified and entered into the logbook. | |
| the logbook. The logbook will contain the following | | The logbook will contain the following information: | |
| information: Name, rank, organization, escort name | | Name, rank, organization, escort name and rank, DTG | |
| and rank, DTG in, DTG out, and ID of Block Guard | | in, DTG out, and ID of guard entering data. All | |
| entering data. All pedestrian personnel will enter | | pedestrian personnel will enter Camp Delta through | |
| Camp Delta through this sally port. | | this sally port. No vehicle may be left unattended on | |
| | | the concrete pad across from Sally Port 1 or anywhere | |
| | | on the bus turn around area. Report any violators to | |
| | | the DOC. | |
| (3) Sally Port 1 personnel will contact the DOC | | (3) Sally Port 1 personnel will contact the DOC | |
|
| or SOG if they have questions about Sally Port 1 | | or SOG 3 if they have questions about Sally Port 1 | |
| operations. | | operations. | |
|
| (4) The PL will identify a random number of | | (4) The on-duty CO will identify a random | |
| persons to be searched at the beginning of each shift. | | number of persons to be searched at the beginning of | |
| | | each shift. | |
| (5) Contraband IAW Camp Delta SOP will be | | (5) Contraband IAW Camp Delta SOP will be | |
| cross-referenced against the access roster for Camp | | cross-referenced against the access roster for Camp | |
|
| Delta. Once checked items still classified as | | Delta. Checked items still classified, as contraband | |
| contraband will be stored in the bins located in Sally | | will be returned to the individuals vehicle, or place of | |
| Port 1. A chain of custody sheet will be completed | | residence. If the entering individual does not have | |
| before MP retains positive control of the item. | | access to a vehicle the contraband will be stored in the | |
| Contraband items will be returned upon the visitors | | bins located in Sally Port 1. A chain of custody sheet | |
| exit from Camp Delta. The chain of custody sheet will | | will be completed before the guard retains positive | |
| be maintained in the custody binder for two months. | | control of the item. Contraband items will be returned | |
| | | upon the visitors exit from Camp Delta. The chain of | |
| | | custody sheet will be maintained in the custody binder | |
| | | for two months. | |
| (6) Escort control will provide escorts for | | (6) Escort control will provide escorts for | |
| individuals requiring access to Camp Delta who must | | individuals requiring access to Camp Delta who must | |
| be escorted. The only exception to this is individuals | | be escorted. The only exception to this is individuals | |
| who are traveling with personnel that have unescorted | | who are traveling with personnel that have unescorted | |
| access badges will be allowed to sign in and be | | access badges will be allowed to sign in and be | |
| escorted by those they are traveling with (if an | | escorted by those they are traveling with (if an | |
| interpreter has an escort only badge and is traveling | | interpreter has an escort only badge and is traveling | |
| with FBI personnel that have unescorted access; the | | with FBI personnel that have unescorted access; the | |
|
| | | | |
| interpreter will be escorted by the personnel that have | | interpreter will be escorted by the personnel that have | |
| unescorted access badges). | | unescorted access badges). | |
| (7) All personnel will have access badges | | (7) All personnel will have access badges | |
| checked upon entering and exiting Camp Delta. | | checked upon entering and exiting Camp Delta. | |
|
| i. Sally Port 8. This post is located in Camp II, | | (8) There will be no loitering or socializing | |
| next to the main roadway and is strictly a vehicular | | permitted in or around the sally port. | |
| entrance and exit point. Sally Port 8 is the main | | (9) Ensure all personnel leaving Camp Delta | |
| entrance and exit point for contractor and supply | | remove the tape from their nametape. | |
| vehicles. The primary mission is to keep the sally port | | i. Sally Port 8. This post is located in Camp 2,3, | |
| secure and control movement through that area for | | next to the main roadway and is primarily a vehicular, | |
| official business only. This post will be manned from | | and contractor entrance and exit point. Sally Port 8 is | |
| 0600-2000 seven days a week. This is the only post | | the main entrance and exit point for contractor and | |
| where temporary placards will be issued and collected. | | supply vehicles. The only vehicles allowed past Sally | |
| (1) The only vehicles allowed access through this | | Port 8 are those that have a requirement and deemed | |
| sally port are those with yellow, purple, and temporary | | mission related. The primary mission is to keep the | |
| placards. VIPs and emergency vehicles will be | | sally port secure and control movement through that | |
| allowed unimpeded access through the sally port after | | area for official business only. This post will be | |
| checking for proper access media. | | manned from 0600-1900 seven days a week. | |
| (2) The search of the chow vehicle will be a | | (1) The search of the chow vehicle will be a quick | |
| quick search of the underside and interior of the | | search of the underside and interior of the vehicle. At | |
| vehicle. At no time will the food containers be opened | | no time will the food containers be opened and | |
| and searched. All other vehicles will be searched IAW | | searched. All other vehicles will be searched IAW | |
| SOP. Refer to paragraphs 7-2.g and 7-2.j. | | SOP. Refer to paragraphs 7-2.g and 7-2.j. | |
|
| (3) Pedestrians will not be allowed access | | (2) Pedestrians will not be allowed access | |
| through this sally port. The only exceptions are | | through this sally port. The only exceptions are | |
| escorted contractors. | | escorted contractors. | |
|
| (4) All personnel will have access media checked | | (3 All personnel will have access media checked | |
| prior to entering and exiting the sally port. All escorted | | prior to entering and exiting the sally port. All escorted | |
| badge holders will be searched prior to entering and | | badge holders will be searched prior to entering and | |
| exiting Camp Delta. This search will be conducted | | exiting Camp Delta. This search will be conducted | |
| using either the hand held metal detector or a pat down | | using either the hand held metal detector or a pat down | |
| search. Any contraband found will be returned to the | | search. Any contraband found will be returned to the | |
| person and the person will not be allowed access | | person and the person will not be allowed access | |
| through Sally Port 8. Personnel with contraband will | | through Sally Port 8. Personnel with contraband will | |
| be directed to enter Camp Delta through Sally Port 1. | | be directed to enter Camp Delta through Sally Port 1. | |
|
| | | (4) Guards will ascertain the following | |
| | | information upon the arrival of vendors and | |
| | | contractors: | |
| | | (a) Name of individuals in the vehicle | |
| | | (b) Company | |
| | | (c) Nature of business | |
| | | (d) Description of the vehicle and the license | |
| | | plate number | |
| | | (e) Contents of any freight | |
| | | (f) Time of arrival | |
| (5) Sally Port 8 will contact the DOC for escorts. | | (5) Sally Port 8 will contact the DOC for escorts. | |
| Personnel requiring escort will not be allowed access to | | Personnel requiring escort will not be allowed access to | |
| Camp Delta until escort arrives. | | Camp Delta until escort arrives. | |
| (6) Sally Port 8 will contact DOC or the SOG 2 if | | (6) Sally Port 8 will contact DOC or the SOG 2 if | |
| they have questions about Sally Port 8 operations. | | they have questions about Sally Port 8 operations. | |
|
| | | (7) In the event that Sally Port 8 is closed for | |
| | | repairs or due to damage, Sally Port 8 will notify Sally | |
| | | Port 1 that they can no longer accept vehicles. Once | |
| | | the sally port is put back into operation, Sally Port 8 | |
| | | will notify Sally Port 1 that they are back in operation. | |
| | | (8) Upon the departure of the vendor or | |
| | | contractor, the | |
| j. Inspections will be conducted upon entry and exit | | j. Inspections will be conducted upon entry and exit | |
|
| of all vehicles as required by placard. Sally port sentry | | of all vehicles as required by placard. Sally port | |
| will: | | personnel will: | |
| (1) Gain a positive identification of the driver and | | (1) Gain a positive identification of the driver and | |
| any passengers prior to opening the gate. | | any passengers prior to opening the gate. | |
| (2) Open exterior gate and allow vehicle to enter | | (2) Open exterior gate and allow vehicle to enter | |
| the sally port. | | the sally port. | |
| (3) Instruct driver to place the vehicle in park, | | (3) Instruct driver to place the vehicle in park, | |
| engage the emergency brake, stop engine, and exit the | | engage the emergency brake, stop engine, and exit the | |
| vehicle (including passengers). Collect identification | | vehicle (including passengers). Collect identification | |
|
| badge(s). Upon exiting, the MP will instruct the driver | | badge(s). Upon exiting, the guard will instruct the | |
| to open all doors, hood, trunk, and tailgate, or any other | | driver to open all doors, hood, trunk, and tailgate, or | |
| compartment(s) to be searched. | | any other compartment(s) to be searched. | |
| (4) Log vehicle information to include time-in, | | (4) Log vehicle information to include time-in, | |
| tag number, driver’s name, organization, destination, | | tag number, driver’s name, organization, destination, | |
| and purpose of visit. | | and purpose of visit. | |
| (5) MPs will systematically search the vehicle by | | (5) MPs will systematically search the vehicle by | |
| examining the interior, exterior, top, underneath hoods, | | examining the interior, exterior, top, underneath hoods, | |
| in trunks, and the undercarriage. Search the vehicle | | in trunks, and the undercarriage. Search the vehicle | |
| using the following pattern: | | using the following pattern: | |
| (a) Behind and under the seats | | (a) Behind and under the seats | |
| (b) Under the dashboard | | (b) Under the dashboard | |
| (c) Glove and tool compartments | | (c) Glove and tool compartments | |
| | | | |
| skipping to change at line 2998 | | skipping to change at line 3607 | |
| and items not needed for the incoming personnel to | | and items not needed for the incoming personnel to | |
| conduct their business within the facility. If an item is | | conduct their business within the facility. If an item is | |
| not authorized or unnecessary, a DA 4137 chain of | | not authorized or unnecessary, a DA 4137 chain of | |
| custody will be done for each item confiscated and kept | | custody will be done for each item confiscated and kept | |
| at the sally port until the property is claimed upon | | at the sally port until the property is claimed upon | |
| exiting the facility. Tools and loose equipment | | exiting the facility. Tools and loose equipment | |
| entering the facility in a vehicle must be accounted for | | entering the facility in a vehicle must be accounted for | |
| upon exiting. RESOLVE ALL DISCREPANCIES | | upon exiting. RESOLVE ALL DISCREPANCIES | |
| BEFORE ALLOWING THE VEHICLE TO EXIT. | | BEFORE ALLOWING THE VEHICLE TO EXIT. | |
| When in doubt, call for the SOG, PL, or DOC. | | When in doubt, call for the SOG, PL, or DOC. | |
|
| | | | |
| (7) Upon completion of the vehicle search, the | | (7) Upon completion of the vehicle search, the | |
|
| driver and passenger(s) will re-enter the vehicle. An | | driver and passenger(s) will re-enter the vehicle. A | |
| MP will open interior sally port gate and allow vehicle | | guard will open interior sally port gate and allow | |
| to access Camp Delta. | | vehicle to access Camp Delta. Sally port personnel | |
| | | will be ensure vehicle operators wear seatbelts and | |
| | | adhere to the 5 MPH camp speed limit. | |
| k. Emergencies will take priority over all other | | k. Emergencies will take priority over all other | |
| ongoing sally port operations. It is the responsibility of | | ongoing sally port operations. It is the responsibility of | |
| the sally port guards to stop all traffic though the sally | | the sally port guards to stop all traffic though the sally | |
| port that will hinder the entry/exit of emergency | | port that will hinder the entry/exit of emergency | |
| vehicles. | | vehicles. | |
| l. Emergency Vehicles. | | l. Emergency Vehicles. | |
| (1) The entry and exit of emergency vehicles | | (1) The entry and exit of emergency vehicles | |
| such as Base Security, fire trucks, ambulance will be | | such as Base Security, fire trucks, ambulance will be | |
|
| brought to the attention of DOC immediately via radio | | brought to the attention of DOC immediately via land | |
| or runner. | | line or saber radio. | |
| (2) Emergency vehicles will be logged in and out. | | (2) Emergency vehicles will be logged in and out. | |
| (3) Vehicles responding to an emergency within | | (3) Vehicles responding to an emergency within | |
| Camp Delta will be expeditiously searched upon | | Camp Delta will be expeditiously searched upon | |
| entering and exiting the facility. In an expeditious | | entering and exiting the facility. In an expeditious | |
| search, guards will quickly verify identification badges | | search, guards will quickly verify identification badges | |
| of emergency personnel and allow them to pass | | of emergency personnel and allow them to pass | |
| through the Sally Port. They will verify same number | | through the Sally Port. They will verify same number | |
| of personnel exiting that came in with the vehicle and | | of personnel exiting that came in with the vehicle and | |
| that no additional personnel leave with it. Detainee | | that no additional personnel leave with it. Detainee | |
| patients leaving in an ambulance for NAVBASE | | patients leaving in an ambulance for NAVBASE | |
| Hospital will be accounted for and verified through | | Hospital will be accounted for and verified through | |
| DOC after the ambulance has been allowed to leave. | | DOC after the ambulance has been allowed to leave. | |
| Ambulances transporting detainees in and out of Camp | | Ambulances transporting detainees in and out of Camp | |
| Delta will not be searched. It is the responsibility of | | Delta will not be searched. It is the responsibility of | |
|
| the MP medical escort teams to conduct searches of the | | the medical escort teams to conduct searches of the | |
| ambulances. In cases where there is no MP escort team | | ambulances. In cases where there is no escort team | |
| present in the ambulance, sally port guards will search | | present in the ambulance, sally port guards will search | |
| the ambulance upon entering or exiting Camp Delta. | | the ambulance upon entering or exiting Camp Delta. | |
| Necessary medical treatment instruments will not be | | Necessary medical treatment instruments will not be | |
| seized or delay the ambulance’s entry or exit through a | | seized or delay the ambulance’s entry or exit through a | |
| sally port. | | sally port. | |
| (4) Vehicles responding to an emergency in will | | (4) Vehicles responding to an emergency in will | |
| enter Camp Delta through Sally Port 8 and exit Camp | | enter Camp Delta through Sally Port 8 and exit Camp | |
| Delta through Sally Port 1. | | Delta through Sally Port 1. | |
| (5) In the event that large emergency vehicles | | (5) In the event that large emergency vehicles | |
| must pass through the sally port (i.e. fire truck), both | | must pass through the sally port (i.e. fire truck), both | |
| interior and exterior gates will be opened to allow entry | | interior and exterior gates will be opened to allow entry | |
| and exit. | | and exit. | |
| (a) When entering, guards will expeditiously | | (a) When entering, guards will expeditiously | |
| verify identification badges of emergency personnel | | verify identification badges of emergency personnel | |
| and allow them to pass through the sally port. Upon | | and allow them to pass through the sally port. Upon | |
| exiting, the vehicle will be searched prior to entering | | exiting, the vehicle will be searched prior to entering | |
| the sally port with the exception of escorted | | the sally port with the exception of escorted | |
|
| ambulances. Sentries will verify same number of | | ambulances. Guards will verify same number of | |
| personnel exiting that came in with the vehicle and that | | personnel exiting that came in with the vehicle and that | |
| no additional personnel leave with it. RESOLVE ALL | | no additional personnel leave with it. RESOLVE ALL | |
| DISCREPANCIES BEFORE ALLOWING THE | | DISCREPANCIES BEFORE ALLOWING THE | |
|
| VEHICLE TO EXIT. After search, both gates will | | VEHICLE TO EXIT. After search, both gates will be | |
| again be opened to allow the vehicle to exit. | | opened to allow the vehicle to exit. | |
| m.Land Bridge missions will take priority over all | | m.Detainee Movement Operation (DMO) missions | |
| other ongoing sally port operations except | | will take priority over all other ongoing sally port | |
| emergencies. It is the responsibility of the sally port | | operations except emergencies. It is the responsibility | |
| guards to stop all traffic though the sally port that will | | of the sally port guards to stop all traffic though the | |
| hinder the entry/exit of Land Bridge vehicles. | | sally port that will hinder the entry/exit of DMO | |
| n. Upon receipt of a Land Bridge mission, all | | vehicles. | |
| direction will be taken from JDOG personnel and the | | n. Upon receipt of a DMO mission, all direction | |
| CO. An ETA will be provided to Sally Port 1 as the | | will be taken from JDOG personnel and the CO. An | |
| Land Bridge vehicles are enroute to Camp Delta. | | ETA will be provided to Sally Port 1, as the DMO | |
| | | vehicles are enroute to Camp Delta. | |
| 7-3. Sally Ports 3 And 9 | | 7-3. Sally Ports 3 And 9 | |
| a. Manning. Sally Port Gates 3 and 9 will have one | | a. Manning. Sally Port Gates 3 and 9 will have one | |
|
| soldier assigned to each gate. Any soldier attached to | | soldier assigned to each gate. | |
| JTF-GTMO with a secret security clearance may work | | b. . Duties and responsibilities. One soldier | |
| the gate. | | assigned will: | |
| b. Duties and responsibilities. One soldier assigned | | | |
| will: | | | |
| (1) Be directly responsible to the SOG for the | | (1) Be directly responsible to the SOG for the | |
| operation of the sally port gate including daily | | operation of the sally port gate including daily | |
| functional management of the gates and overall | | functional management of the gates and overall | |
| responsibility for their respective Camp Delta sally port | | responsibility for their respective Camp Delta sally port | |
| gate. | | gate. | |
| (2) Keep SOG and PL briefed on events. | | (2) Keep SOG and PL briefed on events. | |
|
| (3) Conduct hands on ID check of all personnel | | (3) Conduct face to badge identification and | |
| entering. | | stripe level access check of all personnel entering. The | |
| | | only exception to this is personnel physically escorting | |
| | | a detainee. | |
| (4) Ensure an inventory of all sensitive items, | | (4) Ensure an inventory of all sensitive items, | |
| equipment, and keys upon assumption of duties. | | equipment, and keys upon assumption of duties. | |
| (5) Ensure only one vehicle is allowed to enter or | | (5) Ensure only one vehicle is allowed to enter or | |
| exit the Sally Port at a time. | | exit the Sally Port at a time. | |
| c. Special Instructions. | | c. Special Instructions. | |
| (1) Only one sally port gate will be open at any | | (1) Only one sally port gate will be open at any | |
| given time during operations unless authorized by the | | given time during operations unless authorized by the | |
| CO or JDOG with one exception; both gates will be | | CO or JDOG with one exception; both gates will be | |
| opened for vehicles responding to emergency that are | | opened for vehicles responding to emergency that are | |
| too long to enter the sally port in the normal manner | | too long to enter the sally port in the normal manner | |
| (i.e. fire truck). | | (i.e. fire truck). | |
|
| (2) Sally port personnel will notify the PL and/or | | (2) Sally port personnel will notify the DOC of | |
| CO of DV/VIP visits. | | DV/VIP visits. | |
| d. Pedestrian entry/exit. Soldier assigned will: | | d. Pedestrian entry/exit. Soldier assigned will: | |
| (1) Keep the alleyway in front of the sally port | | (1) Keep the alleyway in front of the sally port | |
| clear of unnecessarily halted vehicles and large groups | | clear of unnecessarily halted vehicles and large groups | |
| of people. | | of people. | |
|
| (2) Require identification from all personnel | | (2) Require identification and stripe level access | |
| attempting to pass through to verify eligibility to pass | | from all personnel attempting to pass through to verify | |
| through the sally port. | | eligibility. | |
| | | | |
| (3) Conduct a hands-on badge check of all | | (3) Conduct a hands-on badge check of all | |
| pedestrians entering the sally port. Access to Camp | | pedestrians entering the sally port. Access to Camp | |
| Delta is denied if badges are expired or not physically | | Delta is denied if badges are expired or not physically | |
| present ensuring that personnel requiring escorts enter | | present ensuring that personnel requiring escorts enter | |
| with the escort(s). Reference the badge identification | | with the escort(s). Reference the badge identification | |
| sheet to recognize the access level for each individual | | sheet to recognize the access level for each individual | |
| entering the facility. | | entering the facility. | |
| e. Vehicle entry/exit. All vehicles may enter and | | e. Vehicle entry/exit. All vehicles may enter and | |
|
| exit Camp I and block areas through Sally Ports 3 and | | exit Camp 1 and block areas through Sally Ports 3 and | |
| This includes and is not limited to the following: | | 9. This includes and is not limited to the following: | |
| | | | |
| (1) Contractor | | (1) Contractor | |
| (2) Food service | | (2) Food service | |
|
| (3) Gators and golf carts | | (3) Gators | |
| (4) Emergency | | (4) Emergency | |
| (5) Fuel | | (5) Fuel | |
| (6) Garbage | | (6) Garbage | |
| f. Emergencies will take priority over all other | | f. Emergencies will take priority over all other | |
| ongoing sally port operations. It is the responsibility of | | ongoing sally port operations. It is the responsibility of | |
| the sally port sentry to stop all traffic though the sally | | the sally port sentry to stop all traffic though the sally | |
| port that will hinder the entry/exit of emergency | | port that will hinder the entry/exit of emergency | |
| vehicles. | | vehicles. | |
| g. Emergency Vehicles. | | g. Emergency Vehicles. | |
| (1) The entry and exit of emergency vehicles | | (1) The entry and exit of emergency vehicles | |
| such as Base Security, fire trucks, ambulance will be | | such as Base Security, fire trucks, ambulance will be | |
| brought to the attention of the DOC immediately via | | brought to the attention of the DOC immediately via | |
| radio or runner. | | radio or runner. | |
| (2) In the event that large emergency vehicles | | (2) In the event that large emergency vehicles | |
| must pass through the sally port (i.e. fire truck), both | | must pass through the sally port (i.e. fire truck), both | |
| interior and exterior gates will be opened to allow entry | | interior and exterior gates will be opened to allow entry | |
| and exit. | | and exit. | |
| 7-4. Sally Ports 4 And 10 | | 7-4. Sally Ports 4 And 10 | |
| a. Manning. Sally Port Gates 4 and 10 will have | | a. Manning. Sally Port Gates 4 and 10 will have | |
|
| one soldier assigned to each gate. Any soldier attached | | one soldier assigned to each gate. | |
| to the JTF-GTMO with a secret security clearance may | | b. Duties and responsibilities. One soldier | |
| work the gate. | | assigned will: | |
| b. Duties and responsibilities. One soldier assigned | | | |
| will: | | | |
| (1) Directly responsible to the SOG for the | | (1) Directly responsible to the SOG for the | |
| operation of the sally port gate including daily | | operation of the sally port gate including daily | |
| functional management of the gates and overall | | functional management of the gates and overall | |
| responsibility for their respective Camp Delta sally port | | responsibility for their respective Camp Delta sally port | |
| gate. | | gate. | |
| (2) Keep SOG and PL briefed on events. | | (2) Keep SOG and PL briefed on events. | |
| (3) Ensure an inventory of all sensitive items, | | (3) Ensure an inventory of all sensitive items, | |
| equipment, and keys upon assumption of duties. | | equipment, and keys upon assumption of duties. | |
| (4) Ensure only one vehicle is allowed into the | | (4) Ensure only one vehicle is allowed into the | |
| sally port at a time, entering or exiting. | | sally port at a time, entering or exiting. | |
|
| | | (5) Sally Port 4 will be responsible for opening | |
| | | and closing the sally port gate to the Brown and | |
| | | Yellow buildings. Sally Port 10 will be responsible for | |
| | | opening and closing the sally port gate to Gold | |
| | | building. | |
| c. Special Instructions. | | c. Special Instructions. | |
| (1) Only one sally port gate will be open at any | | (1) Only one sally port gate will be open at any | |
| given time during operations unless authorized by the | | given time during operations unless authorized by the | |
| CO or JDOG with one exception; both gates will be | | CO or JDOG with one exception; both gates will be | |
| opened for vehicles responding to emergency or are too | | opened for vehicles responding to emergency or are too | |
| long to enter the sally port in the normal manner (i.e. | | long to enter the sally port in the normal manner (i.e. | |
| fire truck, chow truck). | | fire truck, chow truck). | |
|
| (2) Sally port personnel will notify the PL and/or | | (2) Sally port personnel will notify the DOC | |
| CO of DV/VIP visits. | | DV/VIP visits. | |
| d. Pedestrian entry/exit. Soldier assigned will keep | | d. Pedestrian entry/exit. Soldier assigned will keep | |
| the alleyway in front of the sally port clear of | | the alleyway in front of the sally port clear of | |
| unnecessarily halted vehicles and large groups of | | unnecessarily halted vehicles and large groups of | |
| people. | | people. | |
| e. Vehicle entry/exit. All vehicles may enter and | | e. Vehicle entry/exit. All vehicles may enter and | |
|
| exit Camp I and Camp II block areas through Sally | | exit block areas through Sally Ports 4 and 10. This | |
| Ports 4 and 10. This includes and IS limited to the | | includes and is limited to the following: | |
| following: | | | |
| (1) Contractor | | (1) Contractor | |
| (2) Food service | | (2) Food service | |
|
| (3) Gators and golf carts | | (3) Gators | |
| (4) Emergency | | (4) Emergency | |
| (5) Fuel | | (5) Fuel | |
| (6) Garbage | | (6) Garbage | |
| f. Emergencies will take priority over all other | | f. Emergencies will take priority over all other | |
| ongoing sally port operations. It is the responsibility of | | ongoing sally port operations. It is the responsibility of | |
| the sally port sentry to stop all traffic though the sally | | the sally port sentry to stop all traffic though the sally | |
| port that will hinder the entry/exit of emergency | | port that will hinder the entry/exit of emergency | |
| vehicles. | | vehicles. | |
| g. Emergency Vehicles. | | g. Emergency Vehicles. | |
| (1) The entry and exit of emergency vehicles | | (1) The entry and exit of emergency vehicles | |
| such as Base Security, fire trucks, ambulance will be | | such as Base Security, fire trucks, ambulance will be | |
| brought to the attention of the DOC immediately via | | brought to the attention of the DOC immediately via | |
| radio or runner. | | radio or runner. | |
| (2) In the event that large emergency vehicles | | (2) In the event that large emergency vehicles | |
| must pass through the sally port (i.e. fire truck), both | | must pass through the sally port (i.e. fire truck), both | |
| interior and exterior gates will be opened to allow entry | | interior and exterior gates will be opened to allow entry | |
| and exit. | | and exit. | |
| 7-5. Detainee Medical Clinic Gate | | 7-5. Detainee Medical Clinic Gate | |
| a. Manning. The detainee Medical Gate will have | | a. Manning. The detainee Medical Gate will have | |
|
| one soldier assigned. Any soldier attached to JTF- | | one soldier assigned. | |
| GTMO with a secret security clearance may work the | | b. Duties and responsibilities. One Soldier | |
| gate. | | assigned will: | |
| b. Duties and responsibilities. One Soldier assigned | | | |
| will: | | | |
| (1) Directly responsible to the SOG for the | | (1) Directly responsible to the SOG for the | |
| operation of the gate including daily functional | | operation of the gate including daily functional | |
| management of the gate and overall responsibility. | | management of the gate and overall responsibility. | |
| (2) Keep SOG and PL briefed on events. | | (2) Keep SOG and PL briefed on events. | |
| (3) Ensure an inventory of all sensitive items, | | (3) Ensure an inventory of all sensitive items, | |
| equipment, and keys upon assumption of duties. | | equipment, and keys upon assumption of duties. | |
| c. Special Instructions. Gate personnel will notify | | c. Special Instructions. Gate personnel will notify | |
|
| the PL and/or CO of DV/VIP visits to detainee Medical | | the DOC of DV/VIP visits to detainee Medical Clinic. | |
| Clinic. | | | |
| d. Pedestrian entry/exit. Soldier assigned will: | | | |
| (a) Keep the alleyway in front of the gate clear of | | | |
| unnecessarily halted vehicles and large groups of | | | |
| people. | | | |
| (b) Ensure personnel entering have official | | | |
| business and/or orders. | | | |
| e. Emergencies will take priority over all other | | | |
| ongoing gate operations. It is the responsibility of the | | | |
| | | | |
| sentry to stop all traffic though the gate that will hinder | | | |
| the entry/exit of emergency personnel. | | | |
| 7-6. JIIF Gate | | | |
| a. Manning. The JIIF Gate will have one soldier | | | |
| assigned. Any soldier attached to the JTF with a secret | | | |
| security clearance may work the gate. | | | |
| b. Duties and responsibilities. One Soldier assigned | | | |
| will: | | | |
| (1) Directly responsible to the SOG for the | | | |
| operation of the gate including daily functional | | | |
| management of the gate and overall responsibility. | | | |
| (2) Keep SOG and PL briefed on events. | | | |
| (3) Ensure an inventory of all sensitive items, | | | |
| equipment, and keys upon assumption of duties. | | | |
| c. Special Instructions. | | | |
| (1) Gate sentry will keep a working Staff Duty | | | |
| Log annotating all detainees requested by the JIIF | | | |
| passing through the gate. Include detainee cell number | | | |
| and ISN. | | | |
| (2) Gate sentry will notify the PL and/or DFC of | | | |
| DV/VIP visits to JIIF. | | | |
| d. Pedestrian entry/exit. Soldier assigned will: | | d. Pedestrian entry/exit. Soldier assigned will: | |
| (a) Keep the alleyway in front of the gate clear of | | (a) Keep the alleyway in front of the gate clear of | |
| unnecessarily halted vehicles and large groups of | | unnecessarily halted vehicles and large groups of | |
| people. | | people. | |
| (b) Ensure personnel entering have official | | (b) Ensure personnel entering have official | |
|
| business and/or orders. | | business and/or orders, face to badge identification | |
| | | required upon entry or exit. | |
| e. Emergencies will take priority over all other | | e. Emergencies will take priority over all other | |
| ongoing gate operations. It is the responsibility of the | | ongoing gate operations. It is the responsibility of the | |
|
| sentry to stop all traffic though the gate that will hinder | | guard to stop all traffic though the gate that will hinder | |
| the entry/exit of emergency personnel. | | the entry/exit of emergency personnel. | |
|
| 7-7. Roving Sally | | 7-6. Roving Sally | |
| a. Manning. The Roving Sally will have two | | a. Manning. The Roving Sally will have two | |
| soldiers assigned. Any soldier attached to the JTF- | | soldiers assigned. Any soldier attached to the JTF- | |
|
| GTMO with a secret security clearance may work the | | GTMO with a secret security clearance or that has | |
| gate. | | signed a non-disclosure statement may work the gate. | |
| b. Duties and responsibilities. The two soldiers | | b. Duties and responsibilities. | |
| assigned will: | | | |
| (1) Directly responsible to the SOG for the | | (1) Directly responsible to the SOG for the | |
| operation of the gates including daily functional | | operation of the gates including daily functional | |
| management of the gate and overall responsibility. | | management of the gate and overall responsibility. | |
| (2) Keep SOG and PL briefed on events. | | (2) Keep SOG and PL briefed on events. | |
| (3) Ensure an inventory of all sensitive items, | | (3) Ensure an inventory of all sensitive items, | |
| equipment, and keys upon assumption of duties. | | equipment, and keys upon assumption of duties. | |
|
| | | (4) Ensure the IRF team equipment is organized | |
| | | neatly and maintained. | |
| c. Special Instructions. | | c. Special Instructions. | |
| (1) In the event of an IRF team request, the | | (1) In the event of an IRF team request, the | |
| Roving Sally will ensure as IRF team members leave | | Roving Sally will ensure as IRF team members leave | |
| the blocks, that they open the gates as quickly as | | the blocks, that they open the gates as quickly as | |
| possible. IRF team and support members have priority | | possible. IRF team and support members have priority | |
| for gate openings. | | for gate openings. | |
| (2) In the event of fire, Roving Sally will ensure | | (2) In the event of fire, Roving Sally will ensure | |
| the centrally located fire extinguishers are placed in | | the centrally located fire extinguishers are placed in | |
| between the sally port gates of the affected block(s). | | between the sally port gates of the affected block(s). | |
| d. Pedestrian entry/exit. Soldier assigned will: | | d. Pedestrian entry/exit. Soldier assigned will: | |
| (a) Keep the central causeway clear of | | (a) Keep the central causeway clear of | |
| unnecessarily halted vehicles and large groups of | | unnecessarily halted vehicles and large groups of | |
| people. | | people. | |
| (b) Ensure personnel entering have official | | (b) Ensure personnel entering have official | |
| business and/or orders. | | business and/or orders. | |
| e. Emergencies will take priority over all other | | e. Emergencies will take priority over all other | |
| ongoing gate operations. It is the responsibility of the | | ongoing gate operations. It is the responsibility of the | |
|
| sentry to stop all traffic though the gate that will hinder | | guard to stop all traffic though the gate that will hinder | |
| the entry/exit of emergency personnel. | | the entry/exit of emergency personnel. | |
|
| 7-8. Weapon Boxes | | 7-7. Weapon Boxes | |
| a. Weapon boxes at main entry sally ports will be | | a. Weapon boxes located at sally ports 1 and 8 will | |
| used to store handguns, mace, OC, knives, or any other | | be used to store handguns, mace, OC, knives, or any | |
| small weapons not authorized to enter the facility. | | other small weapons not authorized to enter the facility. | |
| b. Sally port guards will perform the following tasks | | b. Sally port guards will perform the following tasks | |
| if an unauthorized weapon is carried into the sally port | | if an unauthorized weapon is carried into the sally port | |
| and the personnel who is in possession, needs to enter | | and the personnel who is in possession, needs to enter | |
| the facility: | | the facility: | |
| (1) Inform the personnel that the unauthorized | | (1) Inform the personnel that the unauthorized | |
| item is not allowed into the facility. | | item is not allowed into the facility. | |
| (2) Issue a weapon box key to personnel from the | | (2) Issue a weapon box key to personnel from the | |
| key box using Form 5513-R. | | key box using Form 5513-R. | |
| (3) Inform personnel to place the item(s) in the | | (3) Inform personnel to place the item(s) in the | |
| weapon box. | | weapon box. | |
| | | | |
| skipping to change at line 3295 | | skipping to change at line 3880 | |
| c. When personnel return to the sally port and are | | c. When personnel return to the sally port and are | |
| ready to exit the facility, the following steps will take | | ready to exit the facility, the following steps will take | |
| place: | | place: | |
| (1) Remove weapon box key from their person | | (1) Remove weapon box key from their person | |
| and open the appropriate gun box. | | and open the appropriate gun box. | |
| (2) Removes item(s) from the weapon box. | | (2) Removes item(s) from the weapon box. | |
| (3) Secure item(s) on their person. | | (3) Secure item(s) on their person. | |
| (4) Close gun box and remove weapon box key. | | (4) Close gun box and remove weapon box key. | |
| (5) Return key to the sally port guard. | | (5) Return key to the sally port guard. | |
| d. Sally port guard logs weapon box key back in on | | d. Sally port guard logs weapon box key back in on | |
|
| Form 5513-R, returns key to key box and secures key | | Form 5513-R, returns key to the key box and secures | |
| box. | | key box. | |
| e. Sally port guard logs personnel out of facility. | | e. Sally port guard logs personnel out of facility. | |
|
| | | 7-8 Camp Delta Badge Identification Procedures | |
| | | a. All Camp Delta badges are issued and accounted | |
| | | for by the JDOG S-2. | |
| | | b. Each incoming unit will forward a copy of their | |
| | | unit-manning roster to the JDOG S-2 for badge issue. | |
| | | c. JDOG S-2 will produce badges for each soldier | |
| | | based upon position and level of access required. | |
| | | d. Soldiers will sign for their badge directly from | |
| | | the S-2. | |
| | | e. It is the soldiers’ responsibility to maintain | |
| | | accountability of their badge once issued. | |
| | | f. Lost, stolen, destroyed or damaged badges will | |
| | | be reported through the soldier’s chain of command | |
| | | immediately upon discovery. A DA Form 2823 (sworn | |
| | | statement) will be completed by the soldier. JDOG S2 | |
| | | is the only re-issue authority for a lost, stolen, | |
| | | destroyed and/or damaged badge. | |
| | | . g. The default badge will be the RED badge. | |
| | | Soldiers and civilians whose primary job is outside | |
| | | Camp Delta will be issued a RED badge. RED badges | |
| | | will be issued only to soldiers and civilians whose job | |
| | | requires they work inside the camp. Soldiers and | |
| | | civilians who occasionally visit the camp or perform | |
| | | work in the camp on an on-call basis will require a | |
| | | visitor badge and must be escorted by the person or | |
| | | agency they are visiting. | |
| | | h. Soldiers and civilians whose primary mission is | |
| | | interrogation support, and/or who maintain an office in | |
| | | the administrative buildings inside Camp Delta are | |
| | | authorized a YELLOW badge. Linguists who are | |
| | | cleared to work inside Camp Delta and detainee | |
| | | hospital staff will be issued a YELLOW badge. | |
| | | Soldiers and civilians who work on JPJ Hill will also | |
| | | be issued a YELLOW badge. | |
| | | i. GREEN badges will be issued to soldiers and | |
| | | civilians whose primary job is working the blocks | |
| | | inside Camp Delta and Camp Echo. All other requests | |
| | | for GREEN badges must be approved by the JDOG | |
| | | commander | |
| | | Badge classification regular issue. | |
| | | a. Red: Badges bearing a red square allow access | |
| | | through sally ports 1 & 8, Café Carrib, and Guard | |
| | | Towers. | |
| | | b. Yellow: Badges bearing a yellow square allow | |
| | | access through sally ports 1, 3, 8, 9, interrogation | |
| | | buildings, DOC and Buildings 7 & 8. | |
| | | c. Green: Unescorted access throughout Camp | |
| | | Delta. | |
| | | d. All other areas not listed require an escort and | |
| | | prior coordination through the DOC. | |
| | | | |
| | | Badge classification special issue. | |
| | | a. Third Country Nationals (TCN’s), and | |
| | | Contractors | |
| | | (1) TCN’s/Contractors will be issued a photo ID | |
| | | Yellow Camp Delta Badge, that can be verified by a | |
| | | hole- punch through the Yellow square. | |
| | | (2) TCN’s/Contractors will be escorted through | |
| | | Sally port 8. | |
| | | (3) Sally port 8 maintains accountability of TCN’s | |
| | | and Contractors that enter and exit the camp, via head- | |
| | | count roster. In the event that a contractor is called to | |
| | | the camp after hours for an emergency work-order, the | |
| | | contractor will be escorted IAW the current SOP escort | |
| | | policy. | |
| | | b. Emergency responders (ER’s) | |
| | | NAVBASE MCC will be issued non-photo white | |
| | | badges identified by a red stripe on the top, bottom, | |
| | | and a red cross in the center. The ER’s will have | |
| | | unescorted access into the camp for emergency | |
| | | purposes only, coordinated through the DOC. | |
| | | c. Visitor Access Sally ports 1&8 | |
| | | (1) JDOG S-2 will issue 15 Red visitor “V” | |
| | | badges each, to Sally Ports 1& 8. SOG 3 will | |
| | | inventory, sign-for, and maintain accountability of | |
| | | badges. | |
| | | (2) Visitors will sign for their badges at Sally | |
| | | ports 1 or 8, and await their assigned “Escort authority” | |
| | | (EA). Visitors are required to display the badge in | |
| | | such a manner that it is noticeable at all times. Visitors | |
| | | will turn in their badges at Sally port 1or 8 prior to | |
| | | deaprting the camp. | |
| | | (3) JDOG S-2 will designate, and assign Escort | |
| | | Authorities (EA’s) from the S-2, S-3, DOC, ICE, | |
| | | Medical and civilian staff agencies. Designated EA’s | |
| | | will carry special badges identifying them as escorts. | |
| | | (4) Visitor access will only be allowed through | |
| | | Sally port 1; visitors may access Sally port 8 if they are | |
| | | a group delegation operating a vehicle. The vehicle | |
| | | must be accompanied by a designated EA. Visitors | |
| | | will be issued their badge at sally port 8 when the | |
| | | vehicle enters. | |
| | | d. Infantry Task Force | |
| | | (1) 14 non-photo red badges will be issued to the | |
| | | IN TOC for the purpose of access into the camp for | |
| | | tower rotation. All Infantry soldiers on Amber Cycle | |
| | | will be issued a RED badge. Soldiers will keep the | |
| | | RED Badge on their person at all times. The RED | |
| | | Badge will be presented at Sally port 1 as the soldiers | |
| | | rotate from tower to QRF duty. | |
| | | e. Quick Reaction Force (QRF) | |
| | | (1) 14 non-photo green badges will be issued to the | |
| | | QRF for the purpose of responding to an alarm | |
| | | activation and/or a camp uprising. The GREEN QRF | |
| | | badge will be maintained in the QRF shack. Soldiers | |
| | | will not carry the QRF badge when they rotate to tower | |
| | | duty. The QRF green badge will only be worn when | |
| | | the DOC calls the QRF to respond to the camp. | |
| | | (2) The Infantry will follow the Infantry TOC SOP | |
| | | for badge issue and turn-in. | |
| | | f. Camp Echo | |
| | | Personnel requiring access to Camp Echo must | |
| | | coordinate through the JDOG S-2, and be placed on the | |
| | | access roster. | |
| | | | |
| Chapter 8 | | Chapter 8 | |
| Detainee Behavioral Management | | Detainee Behavioral Management | |
| 8-1. Purpose To outline requirements and procedures | | 8-1. Purpose To outline requirements and procedures | |
| for managing detainee discipline and positive behavior | | for managing detainee discipline and positive behavior | |
| rewards programs. This system will protect the health, | | rewards programs. This system will protect the health, | |
| safety, and security of all persons within the facility by | | safety, and security of all persons within the facility by | |
| providing for a fair and consistent delivery of | | providing for a fair and consistent delivery of | |
| consequences for negative behavior and rewards for | | consequences for negative behavior and rewards for | |
| positive behavior. | | positive behavior. | |
| | | | |
| skipping to change at line 3330 | | skipping to change at line 4029 | |
| showers and the availability of soap and water to wash | | showers and the availability of soap and water to wash | |
| themselves while in the cell. | | themselves while in the cell. | |
| 8-3. Discipline Process | | 8-3. Discipline Process | |
| a. When a detainee commits a camp rules infraction | | a. When a detainee commits a camp rules infraction | |
| or an offense listed in Table 8-1, List of Offenses, the | | or an offense listed in Table 8-1, List of Offenses, the | |
| chain of command within the camp will be notified. | | chain of command within the camp will be notified. | |
| The priority of notification is the Sergeant of the Guard | | The priority of notification is the Sergeant of the Guard | |
| (SOG), Platoon Leader (PL), and on-duty | | (SOG), Platoon Leader (PL), and on-duty | |
| Commanding Officer (CO), in that order. | | Commanding Officer (CO), in that order. | |
| b. The SOG and/or PL will: | | b. The SOG and/or PL will: | |
|
| (1) Review Table 8-1 and locate the offense on | | (1) Instruct the block personnel to remove the | |
| | | detainees comfort items. | |
| | | (2) Review Table 8-1 and locate the offense on | |
| the list. If the offense is not listed, attempt to locate a | | the list. If the offense is not listed, attempt to locate a | |
| similar offense or an offense of equal severity to the | | similar offense or an offense of equal severity to the | |
| offense committed by the detainee. Identify the | | offense committed by the detainee. Identify the | |
| category level of the most severe offense. | | category level of the most severe offense. | |
|
| (2) Review the discipline record of the detainee | | (3) Review the discipline record of the detainee | |
| to determine the detainee’s previous discipline history. | | to determine the detainee’s previous discipline history. | |
|
| (3) Using Table 8-2, Detainee Movement and | | (4) Using Table 8-2, Detainee Movement and | |
| Discipline Matrix, cross-reference the category of the | | Discipline Matrix, cross-reference the category of the | |
| most severe offense from Table 8-1 with the number of | | most severe offense from Table 8-1 with the number of | |
| days between the current offense and the previous | | days between the current offense and the previous | |
| offense. This will give you two results. The result | | offense. This will give you two results. The result | |
| from the movement section of Table 8-2 is where to | | from the movement section of Table 8-2 is where to | |
| move the detainee. The discipline section of Table 8-2 | | move the detainee. The discipline section of Table 8-2 | |
| determines the type and length of discipline imposed | | determines the type and length of discipline imposed | |
| on the detainee. | | on the detainee. | |
|
| | | (5) Complete a GTMO Form 508-1 with the | |
| | | following information: | |
| | | (a) Date, time, ISN, location, and type of offense | |
| | | (based off of table 8-1) that was committed. | |
| | | (b) List any witnesses. Witnesses must complete | |
| | | a DA Form 2823. | |
| | | (c) Was medical treatment necessary. | |
| | | (d) The date of the last offense | |
| | | (e) The discipline to enforce for the detainee. | |
| | | (5) Turn the 508-1 into the DOC after | |
| | | completion. The 508-1 can be turned in without the | |
| | | DA 2823s. | |
| c. If several offenses were committed at the same | | c. If several offenses were committed at the same | |
| time and the resulting discipline does not include time | | time and the resulting discipline does not include time | |
|
| in MSU, move one column to the right on the | | in SHU, move one column to the right on the discipline | |
| discipline section of the Table 8-2 to determine | | section of the Table 8-2 to determine punishment. If | |
| punishment. If several offenses were committed at the | | several offenses were committed at the same time and | |
| same time and the resulting discipline does include | | the resulting discipline does include time in SHU, add | |
| time in MSU, add five days to loss of Comfort Items | | five days to loss of Comfort Items (CI) and 5 days to | |
| (CI) and 5 days to the time in MSU for each additional | | the time in SHU for each additional offense. | |
| offense. | | d. The Detention Operations Center (DOC) will be | |
| d. The CJDOG, DCJDOG, or JDOG S-3 must | | notified of any moves made to SHU. This notification | |
| approve any discipline that includes movement to | | must include ISN number, reason for move, approving | |
| MSU, by signing as the Authenticating Officer on the | | authority and length of discipline. The DOC will | |
| DD Form 508. This does not apply to moves to MSU | | annotate all moves on the daily blotter. The DOC will | |
| by the JIG (for intelligence purposes). JIG moves will | | take the 508-1 and make a copy of it. If the detainee’s | |
| be coordinated through the Detention Operations | | discipline does not require movement from the block, | |
| Branch and do not need any further approval; however, | | one copy of the 508-1 will be sent to the block for | |
| the Detention Operations Center will not move the | | enforcement. If the detainee’s discipline requires | |
| detainee until directed by the Detention Operations | | movement from the block, one copy of the 508-1 will | |
| Officer or JDOG S3. | | be given to Escort Control to give to the escort team | |
| e. The on-duty CO will approve all discipline | | that will escort the detainee to the new block. The 508- | |
| measures except MSU time, will check the | | 1 will then be given to the block NCO of the moved to | |
| | | block for enforcement. | |
| | | e. The CJDOG, DCJDOG, or JDOG S-3 must approve | |
| | | any discipline that includes movement to SHU, by | |
| | | signing as the Authenticating Officer on the DD Form | |
| | | 508. This does not apply to moves to SHU by the JIG | |
| | | (for intelligence purposes). JIG moves will be | |
| | | coordinated through the DOC and do not need any | |
| | | further approval; however, the Detention Operations | |
| | | Center will not move the detainee until directed by the | |
| | | Detention Operations Officer or JDOG S3. The | |
| | | detainee may be moved immediately prior to the | |
| | | authenticating officer signing the paperwork. | |
| | | f. The on-duty CO will approve all discipline | |
| | | measures except SHU time, will check the | |
| “recommended” block of the DD Form 508, and sign | | “recommended” block of the DD Form 508, and sign | |
| as the Confinement Officer. | | as the Confinement Officer. | |
|
| f. Notification to the chain of command will be | | g. Notification to the chain of command will be | |
| made for any situations involving unusual | | made for any situations involving unusual | |
| circumstances, and for any use of force beyond verbal | | circumstances, and for any use of force beyond verbal | |
| persuasion or show of force. | | persuasion or show of force. | |
|
| g. The Detention Operations Center (DOC) will be | | | |
| notified of any moves made to MSU. This notification | | | |
| must include ISN number, reason for move, approving | | | |
| authority and length of discipline. The DOC will | | | |
| annotate all moves on the daily blotter. | | | |
| h. When a discipline measure is applied to a | | h. When a discipline measure is applied to a | |
| detainee, he will be notified of the reason for the | | detainee, he will be notified of the reason for the | |
| discipline, and the type/length of the discipline | | discipline, and the type/length of the discipline | |
| measure. | | measure. | |
| i. Do not confiscate any item unless it is for | | i. Do not confiscate any item unless it is for | |
| discipline purposes or for the prevention of self-harm | | discipline purposes or for the prevention of self-harm | |
| or harm to others. | | or harm to others. | |
|
| | | | |
| j. When Comfort Items (CI) are taken from a | | j. When Comfort Items (CI) are taken from a | |
| detainee, the items will be inventoried and placed in a | | detainee, the items will be inventoried and placed in a | |
| large trash bag or box, and the Block NCO will | | large trash bag or box, and the Block NCO will | |
| complete and sign the Detainee Supply Roster. The | | complete and sign the Detainee Supply Roster. The | |
| bag will have a “toe tag” tied to it with the detainee’s | | bag will have a “toe tag” tied to it with the detainee’s | |
| ISN annotated. The box will be marked with the | | ISN annotated. The box will be marked with the | |
| detainee’s ISN. The box or bag will be stored in an | | detainee’s ISN. The box or bag will be stored in an | |
| orderly manner on top of the detainee’s cell. Block | | orderly manner on top of the detainee’s cell. Block | |
| NCOs will be responsible for ensuring that the storage | | NCOs will be responsible for ensuring that the storage | |
| of the CI presents an orderly appearance and that the | | of the CI presents an orderly appearance and that the | |
| | | | |
| skipping to change at line 3409 | | skipping to change at line 4132 | |
| n. Documentation of any discipline measure will be | | n. Documentation of any discipline measure will be | |
| annotated on DD Form 508. DA Forms 2823, Sworn | | annotated on DD Form 508. DA Forms 2823, Sworn | |
| Statements from all U.S. personnel involved in the | | Statements from all U.S. personnel involved in the | |
| incident will be attached to the DD Form 508, and | | incident will be attached to the DD Form 508, and | |
| forwarded to the on-duty CO for disposition. | | forwarded to the on-duty CO for disposition. | |
| o. A detainee that has been moved to level 2 or level | | o. A detainee that has been moved to level 2 or level | |
| 3 for discipline must spend at least 30 days at that level | | 3 for discipline must spend at least 30 days at that level | |
| before being considered for movement to the next | | before being considered for movement to the next | |
| higher classification level. The detainee will be | | higher classification level. The detainee will be | |
| considered for movement 30 days from the end of the | | considered for movement 30 days from the end of the | |
|
| | | | |
| discipline period if the detainee has not had any | | discipline period if the detainee has not had any | |
| discipline problems within that time. A detainee that | | discipline problems within that time. A detainee that | |
| has been moved to level 4 for discipline will be moved | | has been moved to level 4 for discipline will be moved | |
| to level 3 upon completion of the mandated period of | | to level 3 upon completion of the mandated period of | |
| time annotated on the DD Form 508 or memorandum | | time annotated on the DD Form 508 or memorandum | |
| of approval of extension signed by CJTF. The | | of approval of extension signed by CJTF. The | |
| Detention Services Branch (DSB) will conduct the | | Detention Services Branch (DSB) will conduct the | |
| review of records for movement from one classification | | review of records for movement from one classification | |
|
| level to a new level. Any exceptions to this procedure | | level to a new level. The JDOG S3 must approve any | |
| must be approved by the JDOG S3. | | exceptions to this procedure. | |
| p. Many detainee actions that result in disciplinary | | p. Many detainee actions that result in disciplinary | |
| measures may also result in future criminal charges. | | measures may also result in future criminal charges. | |
| Accurate and complete documentation is always | | Accurate and complete documentation is always | |
| required. | | required. | |
| q. Any proposed discipline for detainees under the | | q. Any proposed discipline for detainees under the | |
| care of the Detention Hospital Psychologist requires | | care of the Detention Hospital Psychologist requires | |
| consultation between the senior on-duty psychology | | consultation between the senior on-duty psychology | |
| staff member and the on-duty CO prior to imposing | | staff member and the on-duty CO prior to imposing | |
| discipline. Detainees being treated as mental health | | discipline. Detainees being treated as mental health | |
| patients will only have Basic Issue Items, authorized | | patients will only have Basic Issue Items, authorized | |
| CIs, and/or Authorized Activities taken away as a | | CIs, and/or Authorized Activities taken away as a | |
| medical necessity; in those cases the senior on-duty | | medical necessity; in those cases the senior on-duty | |
| psychology staff member will be cited on the GTMO | | psychology staff member will be cited on the GTMO | |
| Form 508-1 as the authority for removing items or | | Form 508-1 as the authority for removing items or | |
| prohibiting activities. | | prohibiting activities. | |
|
| 8-4. Loss of Recreation | | r. Haircuts will never be used as punitive action | |
| a. If a detainee has lost his privilege of recreation | | against a detainee. | |
| for the number of recreation periods determined by | | 8-4. Loss of Exercise | |
| Table 8-2, the DOC will notify the appropriate Block | | a. If a detainee has lost his privilege of exercise for | |
| NCO of the beginning date and the end date. The DOC | | the number of exercise periods determined by Table 8- | |
| will annotate this information in the discipline log. | | 2, the DOC will notify the appropriate Block NCO of | |
| | | the beginning date and the end date. The DOC will | |
| | | annotate this information in the discipline log. | |
| b. The Block NCO will annotate the beginning date | | b. The Block NCO will annotate the beginning date | |
| and ending date on the discipline log sheet assigned to | | and ending date on the discipline log sheet assigned to | |
| each detainee. This form will remain in the detainee | | each detainee. This form will remain in the detainee | |
| file. The Block NCO will annotate loss of | | file. The Block NCO will annotate loss of | |
| “RECREATION” and write the dates under the | | “RECREATION” and write the dates under the | |
| corresponding column of “DATE BEGAN” and “END | | corresponding column of “DATE BEGAN” and “END | |
| DATE”. The Block NCO will also make an entry in | | DATE”. The Block NCO will also make an entry in | |
| the duty logs. | | the duty logs. | |
| c. A copy of the DD Form 508 will be placed into | | c. A copy of the DD Form 508 will be placed into | |
| the detainee file on the block and a copy kept in the | | the detainee file on the block and a copy kept in the | |
| detainee’s file in the DOC. | | detainee’s file in the DOC. | |
| 8-5. Loss of Hot Meals | | 8-5. Loss of Hot Meals | |
|
| a. If a detainee has lost his privilege of hot meals | | a. Only the JDOG S-3 or higher may authorize the | |
| for the number of days determined by Table 8-2, the | | loss of hot meals for a detainee. The DOC will | |
| DOC will notify the appropriate Block NCO of the | | annotate this information in DIMS. | |
| beginning date and the end date. The DOC will | | | |
| annotate this information in the discipline log. | | | |
| b. The Block NCO will annotate the beginning date | | b. The Block NCO will annotate the beginning date | |
| and ending date on the discipline log sheet assigned to | | and ending date on the discipline log sheet assigned to | |
| each detainee. This form will remain in the detainee | | each detainee. This form will remain in the detainee | |
| file. The Block NCO will annotate loss of “HOT | | file. The Block NCO will annotate loss of “HOT | |
| MEALS” and write the dates under the corresponding | | MEALS” and write the dates under the corresponding | |
| column of “DATE BEGAN” and “END DATE”. The | | column of “DATE BEGAN” and “END DATE”. The | |
| Block NCO will also make an entry in the duty logs. | | Block NCO will also make an entry in the duty logs. | |
| c. A copy of the DD Form 508 will be placed into | | c. A copy of the DD Form 508 will be placed into | |
| the detainee file on the block and a copy kept in the | | the detainee file on the block and a copy kept in the | |
| detainee’s file in the DOC. | | detainee’s file in the DOC. | |
| | | | |
| skipping to change at line 3495 | | skipping to change at line 4217 | |
| number or numbers and the date or dates under the | | number or numbers and the date or dates under the | |
| corresponding column of “DATE BEGAN” and “END | | corresponding column of “DATE BEGAN” and “END | |
| DATE. The Block NCO will also make an entry in the | | DATE. The Block NCO will also make an entry in the | |
| duty logs. | | duty logs. | |
| d. When a detainee changes classification level, the | | d. When a detainee changes classification level, the | |
| detainee will lose or gain comfort items at the new | | detainee will lose or gain comfort items at the new | |
| block based on the block’s classification level. The | | block based on the block’s classification level. The | |
| receiving Block NCO must ensure that when a detainee | | receiving Block NCO must ensure that when a detainee | |
| is moving to a higher classification level, he is issued | | is moving to a higher classification level, he is issued | |
| the required items. The receiving Block NCO must | | the required items. The receiving Block NCO must | |
|
| | | | |
| ensure that when a detainee is moving to a lower | | ensure that when a detainee is moving to a lower | |
| classification level, he loses unauthorized items. | | classification level, he loses unauthorized items. | |
| e. The Block NCO of a moving detainee must | | e. The Block NCO of a moving detainee must | |
| ensure all items on the inventory sheet depart with the | | ensure all items on the inventory sheet depart with the | |
|
| detainee.. The receiving block will confiscate all | | detainee. The receiving block will confiscate all | |
| excess items. If the detainee does not have an item | | excess items. If the detainee does not have an item | |
| listed on the current inventory sheet, the detainee is | | listed on the current inventory sheet, the detainee is | |
| subject to punishment for failure to return property, per | | subject to punishment for failure to return property, per | |
| Table 8-1. | | Table 8-1. | |
| f. If a detainee refuses a CI, place an R on the | | f. If a detainee refuses a CI, place an R on the | |
| inventory sheet in the block that corresponds to the | | inventory sheet in the block that corresponds to the | |
| item refused. | | item refused. | |
|
| | | g. The following items are a one-for-one exchange | |
| | | to track who is flushing items: | |
| | | (1) All linen items | |
| | | (2) Detainee pens | |
| | | h. The travel type toothbrush used by Level 1 | |
| | | detainees will only be issued once a month unless the | |
| | | detainee newly moves to a Level 1 block. | |
| 8-7. Detainee Classification System | | 8-7. Detainee Classification System | |
| a. The Detainee Classification System is a five level | | a. The Detainee Classification System is a five level | |
| system of rewards based on the premise that a | | system of rewards based on the premise that a | |
| detainee’s behavior determines the privileges they are | | detainee’s behavior determines the privileges they are | |
| allowed. As the detainee adapts to the rules of the | | allowed. As the detainee adapts to the rules of the | |
| camp, his conduct will earn him more privileges. Basic | | camp, his conduct will earn him more privileges. Basic | |
| Issue Items, CIs, and Authorized/Unauthorized | | Issue Items, CIs, and Authorized/Unauthorized | |
| Activities for detainees are listed in Tables 8-3 thru 8- | | Activities for detainees are listed in Tables 8-3 thru 8- | |
|
| Detainees qualified for Classification Level 1 may | | 5. Detainees qualified for Classification Level 1 may | |
| | | | |
| also be eligible for additional items and activities not | | also be eligible for additional items and activities not | |
| listed in Tables 8-3 thru 8-5. | | listed in Tables 8-3 thru 8-5. | |
| (1) Classification Level 1. Detainees receive a | | (1) Classification Level 1. Detainees receive a | |
| higher level of privileges than Level 2, and having | | higher level of privileges than Level 2, and having | |
| spent at least 30 days at Level 2. | | spent at least 30 days at Level 2. | |
| (2) Classification Level 2. Detainees at this level | | (2) Classification Level 2. Detainees at this level | |
| receive a higher level of privileges than Level 3 and | | receive a higher level of privileges than Level 3 and | |
| having spent at least 30 days at Level 3. | | having spent at least 30 days at Level 3. | |
| (3) Classification Level 3. All detainees start at | | (3) Classification Level 3. All detainees start at | |
| this level, following an initial period of segregation | | this level, following an initial period of segregation | |
| upon arrival at Camp Delta; the length of time of this | | upon arrival at Camp Delta; the length of time of this | |
| initial segregation will be determined by the JIG. This | | initial segregation will be determined by the JIG. This | |
| level includes detainees who are on discipline measures | | level includes detainees who are on discipline measures | |
|
| not including MSU. | | not including segregation. | |
| (4) Classification Level 4. Detainees normally | | (4) Classification Level 4. These detainees are | |
| located in MSU, but also includes detainees who have | | normally located in segregation, but it also includes | |
| completed MSU time, but have not yet moved to Level | | detainees who could be on a Level 5 block or in a non- | |
| | | SHU block, that is housing Level 4 detainees. | |
| Detainees in this status will have their classification | | Detainees in this status will have their classification | |
| reevaluated by the Detention Services Branch daily. | | reevaluated by the Detention Services Branch daily. | |
|
| Detainees can be housed in MSU up to 90 days, but | | Detainees can be housed in segregation up to 90 days, | |
| their status will be reviewed every 30 days by CJTF. | | but their status will be reviewed every 30 days by | |
| | | CJTF. | |
| (5) Classification Level 5 (Intel Level). JIG | | (5) Classification Level 5 (Intel Level). JIG | |
| directed segregation, for intelligence gathering | | directed segregation, for intelligence gathering | |
| purposes. Detainees will be segregated at the direction | | purposes. Detainees will be segregated at the direction | |
| of the JIG through the Detention Operations Branch. | | of the JIG through the Detention Operations Branch. | |
| (a) Housed in a group on an Intel block. | | (a) Housed in a group on an Intel block. | |
|
| (b) Housed in MSU block for Intel purposes. | | (b) Housed in segregation block for Intel | |
| | | purposes. | |
| (c) Receive Reward Level (1-4) privileges as | | (c) Receive Reward Level (1-4) privileges as | |
| recommended by JIG. | | recommended by JIG. | |
| b. Delta Block is designated as the Mental Health | | b. Delta Block is designated as the Mental Health | |
| Facility (MHF) for the housing of detainees requiring a | | Facility (MHF) for the housing of detainees requiring a | |
|
| higher level clinical care and monitoring. | | higher-level clinical care and monitoring. | |
| c. A qualifying disciplinary event is defined as a | | c. A qualifying disciplinary event is defined as a | |
| disciplinary event that has not expired and dropped off | | disciplinary event that has not expired and dropped off | |
| their disciplinary record FOR THE PURPOSES OF | | their disciplinary record FOR THE PURPOSES OF | |
| THIS PROGRAM ONLY. These offenses will remain | | THIS PROGRAM ONLY. These offenses will remain | |
| on their disciplinary records for the purpose of | | on their disciplinary records for the purpose of | |
| disciplinary actions. | | disciplinary actions. | |
| d. Category III offenses, as listed in Table 8-1 will | | d. Category III offenses, as listed in Table 8-1 will | |
| expire on their 30-day anniversary for each step higher | | expire on their 30-day anniversary for each step higher | |
| and will not be counted against a detainee for the | | and will not be counted against a detainee for the | |
| purposes of this program. 30 days is considered his | | purposes of this program. 30 days is considered his | |
| | | | |
| skipping to change at line 3575 | | skipping to change at line 4307 | |
| f. Category V offenses will expire on their 60-day | | f. Category V offenses will expire on their 60-day | |
| anniversary for each step higher and will not be | | anniversary for each step higher and will not be | |
| counted against a detainee for the purposes of this | | counted against a detainee for the purposes of this | |
| program. 60 days is considered his required good | | program. 60 days is considered his required good | |
| behavior period. | | behavior period. | |
| g. A detainee will change levels based on his | | g. A detainee will change levels based on his | |
| behavior or meeting other criteria for a level. | | behavior or meeting other criteria for a level. | |
| Detainees who do not meet the program based on | | Detainees who do not meet the program based on | |
| behavior, may still participate in the program based on | | behavior, may still participate in the program based on | |
| JIG directed requests, but will be housed on a separate | | JIG directed requests, but will be housed on a separate | |
|
| block designated as an “intel block.” JIG will | | block designated as an “Intel block.” JIG will | |
| determine higher-level privileges on this block. If a | | determine higher-level privileges on this block. If a | |
|
| detainee is moved to a level 4 block, he will spend the | | detainee is moved to a level 4 blocks, he will spend the | |
| time required in MSU according to the matrix. At the | | time required in segregation according to the matrix. | |
| completion of his time in MSU, he will immediately | | At the completion of his time in segregation, he will | |
| move to a level 3 block. The detainee will then stay on | | immediately move to a level 3 blocks. The detainee | |
| the level 3 block until the required good behavior | | will then stay on the level 3 blocks until the required | |
| period is satisfied and then move to a level 2 block. | | good behavior period is satisfied and then move to a | |
| The detainee will then stay on a level 2 block until his | | level 2 blocks. The detainee will then stay on a level 2 | |
| required good behavior period is satisfied and then | | blocks until his required good behavior period is | |
| move to a level 1 block. A detainee must spend this | | satisfied and then move to a level 1 block. A detainee | |
| entire time incident free at his current level to qualify | | must spend this entire time incident free at his current | |
| for movement to the next higher level. This is in order | | level to qualify for movement to the next higher level. | |
| to prove his ability to function at a higher level of | | This is in order to prove his ability to function at a | |
| privileges. If no room is available on a block at the | | higher level of privileges. If no room is available on a | |
| next higher level, the detainee will still have his | | block at the next higher level, the detainee will still | |
| classification level changed on his current block and | | have his classification level changed on his current | |
| will move at the next available opening for that level. | | block and will move at the next available opening for | |
| Example: A detainee who is currently on a level 3 | | that level. Example: A detainee who is currently on a | |
| block was disciplined for inciting a disturbance. This | | level 3 block was disciplined for inciting a disturbance. | |
| offense has a required good behavior period of 30 days. | | This offense has a required good behavior period of 30 | |
| Once he has had no discipline for 30 days, he is | | days. Once he has had no discipline for 30 days, he is | |
| eligible for level 2. If a cell is open on a level 2 block, | | | |
| | | eligible for level 2. If a cell is open on a level 2 blocks, | |
| the detainee will be moved there and will be issued the | | the detainee will be moved there and will be issued the | |
| additional comfort items for reward level 2. If a cell is | | additional comfort items for reward level 2. If a cell is | |
|
| not open on a level 2 block, the detainee will remain on | | not open on a level 2 blocks, the detainee will remain | |
| his current block and receive additional comfort items | | on his current block and receive additional comfort | |
| for level 2. Once the detainee has had no discipline for | | items for level 2. Once the detainee has had no | |
| an additional 30 days, regardless if on a level 2 or level | | discipline for an additional 30 days, regardless if on a | |
| 3 block, he will be eligible to be moved to a reward | | level 2 or level 3 blocks, he will be eligible to be | |
| level 1 block. If a cell is open on a level 1 block, the | | moved to a reward level 1 block. If a cell is open on a | |
| detainee will be moved there and will be issued the | | level 1 block, the detainee will be moved there and will | |
| additional comfort items for level 1. If a cell is not | | be issued the additional comfort items for level 1. If a | |
| open on a level 1 block, the detainee will remain on his | | cell is not open on a level 1 block, the detainee will | |
| current block and receive additional comfort items for | | remain on his current block and receive additional | |
| level 1. | | comfort items for level 1. | |
| h. If a detainee commits an offense in MSU that | | h. If a detainee commits an offense in segregation | |
| requires additional MSU time and will extend his total | | that requires additional segregation time and will | |
| time beyond 30 consecutive days, the following | | extend his total time beyond 30 consecutive days, the | |
| procedure will be used: | | following procedure will be used: | |
| (1) If the detainee has not yet reached 30 days of | | (1) If the detainee has not yet reached 30 days of | |
|
| actual MSU time served, a memorandum will be | | actual segregation time served, a memorandum will be | |
| forwarded to CJTF requesting an extension of MSU | | forwarded to CJTF requesting an extension of | |
| time. The memorandum will detail how many days the | | segregation time. The memorandum will detail how | |
| extension is for, why it is necessary, and will include | | many days the extension is for, why it is necessary, and | |
| the DD Form 508 with the punishment on it (see Figure | | will include the DD Form 508 with the punishment on | |
| 8-1 for example memorandum). If the extension is | | it (see Figure 8-1 for example memorandum). If the | |
| granted, the detainee will be removed at the end of the | | extension is granted, the detainee will be removed at | |
| total approved MSU period and moved to a Level 3 | | the end of the total approved segregation period and | |
| block. If the extension is not granted, the detainee will | | moved to a Level 3 block. If the extension is not | |
| be removed after serving 30 days in MSU and moved | | granted, the detainee will be removed after serving 30 | |
| to a Level 3 block. | | days in SHU and moved to a Level 3 block. | |
| (2) If the detainee has reached 30 days of actual | | (2) If the detainee has reached 30 days of actual | |
|
| MSU time served, the detainee will be removed from | | SHU time served, the detainee will be removed from | |
| | | SHU, placed on a level 3 block, with level 4 CI and | |
| MSU, placed on a level 3 block, with level 4 CI and | | | |
| Authorized Activities (this action will be documented | | Authorized Activities (this action will be documented | |
| on a GTMO Form 508-1, signed/approved by the | | on a GTMO Form 508-1, signed/approved by the | |
| JDOG S3). A memorandum will be forwarded to | | JDOG S3). A memorandum will be forwarded to | |
|
| CJTF requesting an extension of MSU time. The | | CJTF requesting an extension of segregation time. The | |
| memorandum will detail how many days the extension | | memorandum will detail how many days the extension | |
| is for, why it is necessary, and will include the DA 508 | | is for, why it is necessary, and will include the DA 508 | |
| with the punishment on it (see Figure 8-2 for example | | with the punishment on it (see Figure 8-2 for example | |
| memorandum). Upon approval of the extension, the | | memorandum). Upon approval of the extension, the | |
|
| detainee will be moved back to MSU to serve the | | detainee will be moved back to segregation to serve the | |
| length of the approved extension. | | length of the approved extension. | |
| i. Either the JIG or the JDOG S3 will decide the | | i. Either the JIG or the JDOG S3 will decide the | |
| detainee’s classification. Level 5 block assignments | | detainee’s classification. Level 5 block assignments | |
| will be determined by the JIG. | | will be determined by the JIG. | |
| j. An Order of Merit List (OML) will be created to | | j. An Order of Merit List (OML) will be created to | |
| form a waiting list for qualified detainees to get into | | form a waiting list for qualified detainees to get into | |
| either a level 1 or level 2 block. The Detention | | either a level 1 or level 2 block. The Detention | |
| Services Branch will develop and monitor this OML. | | Services Branch will develop and monitor this OML. | |
| Detainees will be chosen from the OML for movement | | Detainees will be chosen from the OML for movement | |
| to a higher-level block. If sufficient detainees are on | | to a higher-level block. If sufficient detainees are on | |
| the OML, JDOG S3 can direct that a block be | | the OML, JDOG S3 can direct that a block be | |
| converted to a higher-level block. | | converted to a higher-level block. | |
| k. If a detainee exhibits a positive behavior over and | | k. If a detainee exhibits a positive behavior over and | |
| above that of fellow detainees, a Block NCO, SOG, | | above that of fellow detainees, a Block NCO, SOG, | |
| PL, or on-duty CO can request to CJDOG to remove | | PL, or on-duty CO can request to CJDOG to remove | |
| five days from his period of good behavior to transition | | five days from his period of good behavior to transition | |
| to a higher reward level on a GTMO Form 508-1. | | to a higher reward level on a GTMO Form 508-1. | |
| Examples include: | | Examples include: | |
|
| (1) A detainee who notifies a Block Guard of a | | (1) A detainee who notifies a guard of a cell door | |
| cell door being unlocked | | being unlocked | |
| (2) A detainee who acts as an interpreter during a | | (2) A detainee who acts as an interpreter during a | |
| critical incident | | critical incident | |
| (3) A detainee that finds a welding rod in the | | (3) A detainee that finds a welding rod in the | |
|
| recreation yard and gives it to an MP. | | exercise yard and gives it to a guard. | |
| 8-8. GTMO Form 508-1 | | 8-8. GTMO Form 508-1 | |
| a. The GTMO Form 508-1 is used to determine | | a. The GTMO Form 508-1 is used to determine | |
| which rewards the detainee will lose or gain. | | which rewards the detainee will lose or gain. | |
| b. Process for issuing a GTMO Form 508-1 for | | b. Process for issuing a GTMO Form 508-1 for | |
| discipline: | | discipline: | |
|
| (1) Details about incident phoned to DOC to | | (1) Details of incident are phoned to DOC to | |
| begin processing a DD Form 508. | | begin processing a DD Form 508. | |
| (2) DA Form(s) 2823 filled out by personnel | | (2) DA Form(s) 2823 filled out by personnel | |
| witnessing the incident, detailing the incident. | | witnessing the incident, detailing the incident. | |
| (3) PL determines discipline based on matrix and | | (3) PL determines discipline based on matrix and | |
| previous record of offenses by detainee, then prepares | | previous record of offenses by detainee, then prepares | |
| GTMO Form 508-1 for on-duty CO’s review. The | | GTMO Form 508-1 for on-duty CO’s review. The | |
| form must include a brief description of the offense, | | form must include a brief description of the offense, | |
| the number of times the detainee has committed | | the number of times the detainee has committed | |
| offenses, and the discipline to be imposed. | | offenses, and the discipline to be imposed. | |
| (4) If the on-duty CO concurs, the discipline is | | (4) If the on-duty CO concurs, the discipline is | |
| | | | |
| skipping to change at line 3709 | | skipping to change at line 4441 | |
| (3) Detention Services Branch processes the | | (3) Detention Services Branch processes the | |
| GTMO Form 508-1 and forwards through Detention | | GTMO Form 508-1 and forwards through Detention | |
| Operations Branch, to JDOG S3. | | Operations Branch, to JDOG S3. | |
| (4) If the detainee is in a Level 5 block, the Level | | (4) If the detainee is in a Level 5 block, the Level | |
| 5 Block Entitlement Form will be used to determine if | | 5 Block Entitlement Form will be used to determine if | |
| the detainee is in the correct cell based on his reward | | the detainee is in the correct cell based on his reward | |
| level. If he is changing levels, he will be moved to an | | level. If he is changing levels, he will be moved to an | |
| area, if possible, on the same block where he will not | | area, if possible, on the same block where he will not | |
| be next to detainees with a different reward level. If | | be next to detainees with a different reward level. If | |
| the detainee receives a reward outside of the matrix, | | the detainee receives a reward outside of the matrix, | |
|
| that will be annotated on the block diagram. The | | | |
| GTMO Forms 508-1 for Level 5 blocks will be | | that will be annotated on the block diagram. Detention | |
| maintained by Detention Services Branch and the block | | Services Branch will maintain the GTMO Forms 508-1 | |
| diagrams will be distributed to the Level 5 blocks | | for Level 5 blocks and the block diagrams will be | |
| within 24 hours of any changes. | | distributed to the Level 5 blocks within 24 hours of any | |
| | | changes. | |
| (5) If a detainee is not in a Level 5 block, a copy | | (5) If a detainee is not in a Level 5 block, a copy | |
| of the GTMO Form 508-1 will be sent to the block to | | of the GTMO Form 508-1 will be sent to the block to | |
| be placed in the detainee’s records on the block. The | | be placed in the detainee’s records on the block. The | |
| original will be placed in the detainee’s file in the | | original will be placed in the detainee’s file in the | |
| DOC. | | DOC. | |
|
| 8-9. Level 5 Blocks | | 8-9. Level 5 Blocks/Intel | |
| a. Detainees on Level 5 Blocks will be segregated | | a. Detainees on Level 5 Blocks will be segregated | |
| based on the individual’s reward level as determined | | based on the individual’s reward level as determined | |
| by the JIG. Upon receipt by Detention Services | | by the JIG. Upon receipt by Detention Services | |
| Branch of a GTMO Form 508-1, the detainee will be | | Branch of a GTMO Form 508-1, the detainee will be | |
| classified by his reward level and placed in an | | classified by his reward level and placed in an | |